Search results

(41 - 60 of 193)

Pages

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1905-1906
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1904-1905
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1900-1901
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1899-1900
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1896-1897
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1897-1898
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1898-1899
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1917-1918
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1916-1917
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1915-1916
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1949-1950
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR Founded 1869 Calendar FIRST SEMESTER 1950 September 12 September 12 September 15-18 September I 3- I 8 September 19, 8:00 A.M. September 22 November 3-5 November 18 . Novcinber 23 December 15, 4:so P.M. Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests T ...
Show more EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR Founded 1869 Calendar FIRST SEMESTER 1950 September 12 September 12 September 15-18 September I 3- I 8 September 19, 8:00 A.M. September 22 November 3-5 November 18 . Novcinber 23 December 15, 4:so P.M. Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests T d a y Evening . . . . . ........ .Opening Service Tuesday to Monday.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration Wednesday to Monday. . . . . . . .Freshman Week T d a y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cl?sses begin Friday ............. . . . .Late Registration Fee Friday to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Homecoming Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Scmester Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Th&giving Lhy Friday .............. ..Christmas Rscess begins I9SI JanJanuary JanJanuary 3, 8:00 A.M. 22-27 17 22-30 Wednesday. . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess Monday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F i t Semester cnda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester SECOND SEMESTER January 31, 8:00 A.M. February 3 February 12 February 2s March 21, 4:2o P.M. March 27, 8:00 A.M. March 31 May 24 May 24-31 May 30 June I Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lincoln's Birthday Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . ..Washington's Birthday Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Sunester Thursday . . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CollCge Examinations Wednesday , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decomt:on Day Friday . . . . . . - . . . . . . . ..College Commencement BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV.CLARENCE J. CULLSEN, President, Minnupolia, h. Tcfm expirw 1952 MR. GEORGE S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn. Term MR. R. E. MYHRE,Treasurer, Mirmaplis, Minn.. . . . . . . . . .Term MR. B. A. BALERUD, Minot, N. Dak.. .................. .Term REV. CHRISTIAN G. OLSON,Willmar, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term MR. L. A. HENNINGER, MInneapob, Minn.. .............-Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Dulurh, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term REV. EILNEST G. LARSON,Minneapolis, Minn.. .......... T m n MR. EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires expires expires expires expiru expires 1953 1951 1950 I 95 I 1952 1953 expires 1954 expires 1g 54 Advisory Members DR. T. 0.BURNTVEDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College a d 'I;heological Seminary, Minneapolis, Mian. REV. (XAF ROGNE,B u s h a Director, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION BEINHA. CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presidmt ARTHURNASH.. . . . . . . .Dean of tbe College and Director of Vetcrms A#&s OLAF ROGNE......................................... Busmess Director R. E. M n u ............................................... ~ Tremrer ................................. AStistmt Tremrer ETHEL INGEBREDTSEN K. BERNERDAHLEN. .................................... .Dem of Men .................................. . D e b of Womm GERDAMORTENSEN. ......................... .Director of Public Relations RICHMD F. P A U ~ . MILDRED J o u ............................................... Regktrar AGNESB. TANGJEIID ......................................... Librarian MARTINWANBECK. ...................... .Director of Teacber Pbcmrent M~RTON P. SVROMMEN. ................................. .College Pator H. NORMANHANSON. ........................ .Admissions C m s e b r and Acting Executive Secretary of Alnmni Association LARSLILLEHEI............................................... A r c h t IRVING HOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S~petvisorof Buildings and Grounds EILEENQUANBECK ................................... Asktat Registrar MARY KAHN. ................................. .Director of Food Sewice KENNETH SORENSON.................... M a # g m of M d ~ d OrpniZdhS JAMESBUEIDE... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant in Public R e k t i m ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Medical Stafl: Dr. C. R. Wall, M.D., Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Loiraine Lundh, R.N., and Camla Mosby, R.N., Assistant Nurses. Office Staf: Beverly Hagelie, Secretary to the President; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Oflice; Anna Strand, Clerk, Treasurer's Office; Margery Manger, Secretary, Veterans Affairs; Tena Mehus, Assistant, Registrar's O&e; Ruth Moldenhauer and Vivian Stockmo, Secretaries, Public Relations Office; Doris Swanson, Secretary, Alumni Oilice; Mrs. Olaf ,Rome, Secretary to the Business Director; Carol Seaberg, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Iris Brustad, Secretary, Deans of Men and Women; Marguerite Hamilton, Secretary to the College Pastor; Meriderh Foss and Mrs. George Sverdmp, Library Assistants; Mrs. Dora Quanbeck, Mimeograph Operator; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. S~rpervisorof Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Head Residents: Memorial Hall, Robert Anderson; Sivertsen Hall, Milla Thompson; Morton Hall, Margaret Sateren; Edda House, Alice Swensen. The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARDMARINUSCHRISTENSEN,Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, rgar; Augsburg Theological Seminary, rga2-zy ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminaq, 1927; PL.D., Hardord Seminary Foundation, r 929. AdditionaI smdy : Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GGttingen Teaching: Oak. Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. work, Brooklyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. Presiden since 1938. ANDREASHELLAND, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of New Testament A.B., Stavanger Cathedral School, I 88 8; A.M., University of Oslo, I 889 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 893. Additional study: Oslo. Pastor, M c I n d , Minnesota, I 893-4; Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1894-1902. Secretary, Lutheran Board of Missions, 1907-19; Treasurer, 1924-28; Secretary-Treasurer, 1933-46. A t Augsburg, 1905-1940. LARSLIUEHEI, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1901; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1907. Additional study: London, Chicago. Teaching: Lutheran Bible Institute, Wahpeton, North Dakota, 1908-19; President, 1911-14. A t Augsburg since 1919. KARL ERMISCH,Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritus of Church History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925 ; S.T.D., 1933 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1921; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1927. Pastor, 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augsburg since 1928. MELVINA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament, Secretary of the Theological Faculty A.B., Angsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 I 8; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, I 9 z I -3 8 ; Prof essor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941. IVERB. OLSON,Th.B., A.M., Associafe Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19 3 5 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 36; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1941. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1941-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, I 939-44. A t Angsburg since I 941. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Cburcb History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 94 5. Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago, 1947-49. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of OM Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 194s. JOHN REV. FREDRIC NORSTAD,A.B., C.T.* Special Lect~rer, 1949-50, Director of C b a p k c y Service, Llatheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. O L ~ PROGNE, A.B., C.T., Lecturer in Practical Theology. A.B., Augsburg College, 19s r ; C.T., Augsburg Theologicd Seminary, 19s5. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Henning, Minnesota, 1925-30; Duluth, Minnesota, 1931-40. At Augsbulg since 1940. AUGSBURG COLLEGE H. N. HENDRICKSON, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of History and Latin A.B., Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbia. Pastor, Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At Augsburg since 1900. LARSLILLEHEI,A.M., C.T., Profesor Emeritus of Greek For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty Listing. MANNALD ALDRE,M.Ch.E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, Tallin, Estonia, 1941. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg since 1949. ERNESTW. ANDERSON, M.Ed., Director of Health and Physical Edzlcation, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. M.Ed., Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. NORMANC. ANDERSON, A.B., C.T., Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1930; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1934. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I. Pastor, Tacoma, Washington, 1935-39. At Augsburg, 1934-35 , and since 1939. * In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Scciety of Minnesota. RAYMOND ANDERSON,A.M., Instructor in Speecb B.S., Univeisity of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950; Teachiing: University of Vermont. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augburg since 1949. HENRYBERTNESS,A.M., I n s t m t o r in Education A.B., Augshwg College, 1947; U. S. Navy, 1943-46; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Ausburg since 1949. WILLIAMW. BOARDMAN,JR., M.S., P.h.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry AB., C m College, 1938; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., 1942. Teaching: South Dakota School of Mines, 1942-43. Reseatch Chemist, U. S. Government Service, 1943-49. A t Augsburg since I 949. ESTELLEG. BRENDEN,A:B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; B.Mus., MacPhail School of M d c , 1930; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Colorado .and Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1928-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Dean of Men and Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-1939; Cmby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. KARLERMISCH, Ph.D., S.T.D., Prof essor Emeritus of German For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. FLOYDF. FOSLIEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and Mathematics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.Ed., 1949. Additional study: Minesota. U. S. Marines, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1947. H. NORMANHANSON, A.M., Admissions Counselor and Acting Executive Secretary of Alumni Association A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1942. High School Teaching and Administration: 1934-1944, 1946-1949. U. S. Naval Reserve, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949. A.B., Instructor in Philosophy and History JOHN E. HANSON, A.B., Augshrg College, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. U. S. Marine Corps, 1945-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. MELVIN A. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek and Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HOLMAN,A.B., M.S., Instructor in Bacteriology A.B., University of h'ii~esota,1943; M.S., 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teachiing: University of Minnesota Bacteriology and Surgery Department, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1950. JANE ALMA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Socidogy A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. Additional study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eastern State Teachers College, Madison, South Dakota, 192 1-2 5; Dickinson State Teachers College, 192836; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. A t Augsburg since 1943. J. VERNONJENSEN, A.M., Instructor in Speecb A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1948. MUDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar A.B., Augsbusg College, 1940; University of Saskatchewan, 1940-41; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, Hudson, Ontario, 1941-44. Lutheran Bible Institute, Outlook, Sask., 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. LOIS R. ~IBPER,B.S., I n s t m t o r in Pbysical Education B.S., University of Nebraska, 1948. Teaohing: St. Olaf College, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. PHILLIP A. KILDAHL, A.M., Associate Professor of History A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1939. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary, Luther Theological Seminary. U. S. Army 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1941. MMI B. KINGSLEY, A X , Instructor in Spanish A.B., Mupville College, I 93 6; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Teaching: High School, 1922-3 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. KLINNER, B.S., Instructor in H m e Economics MARGARET B.S., Stout Institute, 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Fairmont High School, 1944-47; Bemidji High School, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. BJARNEE. LANDA,A.M., Associate Professor of Germunic h g u u g e s A.B., Vou State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High S C ' ~1930-3 , I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 194547. U. S. 09ice of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947. AUDREYLANDQUIST,M.Mus., I n s t m t o r in P k o and Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of Music since 1937. At Augsburg since 1946. C FACULTY 9 CLAYTONLEFEVERE,B.S., LLB., Instructor in Speech B.S., University of Minnesota Law School, 1946, LL.B., 1948. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1943-41. Law ~racticesince 1949. A t Augsburg since 1946. MARIONWILSONLINDEMANN, A.M., Associate Professor of Ronrcnrce Lungwges B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1926. Additional study: M i e s o t a . Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26. A t Augsburg since 1926. 0.HERBERT LMDQUIST,M.S., Instructor in Pbysics and Mathematics B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., Iowa State College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Iowa State College. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy, 1944-46. A t Augsbwg since 1949. SHIRLEYPUTNAMMILLER, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biology B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; Ph.D., 1922. Additional study: Berlin, Munich, Chicago. Teaching: b u t h Dakota State College, 1904-08, 1912-20; University of Minnesota, 1920-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN MILTON, A.B., Instructor in Englisb A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Faces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women mad Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hank- Private School, Hmkow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Dean of the College, Director of Veterans Afiairs, and Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: M i e s o t a ; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1922. Dean since 1946. EDOR C. NELSON,A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Cocch of Football and ~ k e b a l l A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. JACKNIENABER,B.B.A., A.M., Instructor in Accolrnting and Business Administrotion B.B.A., University of Minnesota, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. IVERB. OLSON, Th.B., A.M., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HENRY P. OPSETH, B.Mus., Professor of Mwic B.Mus., St. Olaf College, 1913. Additional study: Piano under Madame Chenevert (Minneapolis), 1916; cello and composition with Jessie Law (Northfield, Minn.) and L. Paladeaux (Chicago), 1918-19; orchestra conducting with Eugene Ormandy. Private teaching and professional service, 1914-17, 1920-zr; U. S. Army, 1917-18. A t Augsburg &ce 1922. F. PAUTZ,A.B., Director of Pzlblic Relations R~CHARD A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota; Minnesota School of Business. U. S. Department of Labor, 1943-44. U. S. Navy, 194446. A t Augsburg since 1938. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Assistmat Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Mbnesota. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, San Mateo, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. in Piano MARGRETHE PETTERSON,Instfi~~tor Private study in Germany with Conrad Ansorge (Pupil of Liszt), and with Albert Jonas (Pupil of Rubinstein), 1905-1908. Teaching: St. Ol'af College, 1901; Lutheran Ladies Seminary, Red Wing, 1903-05; Albert Lea College, 1908-16; Private teaching, 1916-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. -TIN QUANBECK,A.M., Professor of Edzccation A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933. Additional study: Minnesota. High school administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929-3 6. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augshrg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1938. STANLEYJ. REMENESKI, B.Chem., Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.Chem., University of Minnesota, 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1942-46. Minnesota State Board of Health, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. PAULI. ROTH,A.B., Assistant in Chemistry A.B., Augsburg College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Marine Corps, 1943-1945. At Augsburg since 1949. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. hiusic Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946. MARGARET SATEREN,A.B., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Teaching: High School, 1925-28 ; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer, 1936. At Augsburg since 1944. BRYCEW. SHOEMAKER, A.B., G.T., Instructor m Philosopby and Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1944; G.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1947. Additional study: Mhesota. A t Augsburg since 1947. SKURDALSVOLD, B.Mw., Assistant Professor of Ma& B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago College of Music. Private study: Mynn F. Stoddard, H d i n Hunt, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-. A t Augsbulg since 1922. JENNIE GEORGESOBERG,A.B., Professor of Mutbemtics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Suninary Faculty listing. PAUL L. SPOONER,JR., A.B., LLB., Instructor in Business Jkw A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; LLB., 1937. With Civil Aeronautics Board, 1939-42. U. S. Navy, 1942-41. Law practice, 1937-39, and since 1945. A t Augsburg since 1947. hf. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN MERTONP. STROMMEN, A.B., C.T., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B, Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor of English, Secretary of the General P m l t y A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota, 1908-10; ~fllsworthCollege, 1913-15. At Augsburg since 1915. AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in Lib.Sc., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaohiing: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, I 93638. At Augsburg since 1940. GERALDTHORSON,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Instructor in Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-41; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOHN VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. Jam S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg, 1938-42, and since 1947. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychdogy A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-35. P , ~ c i p a l Cannon , Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. Az Augsburg College since 1943. hvmc H. WALLACE, B.B.A., A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics B.B.A., Univerity of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1945. A t Augsburg since 1949. R u m l v h u x s o ~ZIEMANN, A.B., Instructor in Secretarial Science A.B., Luther College, 1949. Teaching: High School, 1949 (second semester). A t Augsburg since 1949. COMh4ITTEES OF THE FACULTY 1949-1950 Faculty Council: N u h , Miss Joel, Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Stensvaag, Torstenson, Landa, Soberg, Nelson, Thut, Rogue, Christensen. Cmrricdum: Nash, Sveeggen, Christensen, Quanbeck, Miss Joel, Helland, Stensvaag. Admissions and Scbohship: Miss Joel, Dahlen, Nash, Kleven, Miss Mortensen, H. N. Hanson. Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Joel, Miss Mortensen, E. W. Anderson, Urdahl, Strommen. Library: Nash, N. C. Anderson, Olson, Miss Segolson, Shoemaker. Atbkfics: Soberg, Kildahl, Pautz, E. W. Anderson, Nelson, Sonnack. Socid: Miss Mortensen, Mrs. Lindemann, Torstenson, Miss Segolson. Studies: Quanbeck, Olson, Remeneski, Miss Tangjerd, Landa. Convocations: Miss Jensen, L. Sateren, Thorson. Student-Famlty: Quanbeck, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Foslien. AudieVis1~1Education: Urdahl, N. C. Anderson, Quanbeck. General Information HISTORY AND AIMS FUNDAMENTAL AIMS T h e educationai purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is rhe fundamental force for good in human life. All rhe aims of rhe College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctty the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the studemt to a deeper understanding and pe~sonal realization of the truth and power of the Chr3stian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To fawiliarize fbe d t ~ d e n twith the rult7~r.cof 01tr owrt a d other rhilizothtr~,not only for the enjoyment this knowledge aÂ£fords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o dmelop fbe student's ititeresf it# flse attainment of t h ~ r o ~ ~ ~parposes w m of m&rcu?~.rr.try, so that he may work f o r the wetfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in communiry and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participarion in human affairs throughout the rest of the worId. T o cultivate in the student a Cht-istian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the shcdefzt to discijlitre his own urges, interests, ambitions, and Aemunds in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the studercf in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stirnd.de intellectuul iderest and dewelup schhzrly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o a w b n and foster in the student an intelligent appreciatfon and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the 1cnderstading of sochd relationsb@s in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the studeat in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his Zife purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o t r h s t d e n t s in voc~tionaland professicmctl lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his egciency in the various relationships of life. T o aford tbe student wblesome r e m e a t i d experieme which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o iastrzcct the student in principles, attjtudes, and ideas pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promate his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct tlnder~tanrl;agthat&M*tisb&ginall* ~ a r e o s f t e d t o ~ ~ ~ y i n t h t p r o g r a m o f t h 6 - mwmhthotend, T h e e a t i r e p r o g r o m o f t h e ~ ~ S L C t d exm~,andtEtt~Zinethou~twkindertom;rke &ble~~guutoftbkprognan,springfrcau&esim"to see&thin&~thmu&tHe~&of~" h o b e u t in Aupburg G k g e d Thabgid ! b i n a r y p s rmponthepwtdche~tfdl~donimtfteway~ prlscriM for the a m k m e u t of t h e e aims. H~TORICAL SKETCH Augsbwg Seminary was fgpnbed in zgdp, at IbbrMl, V m - aia. Ic~&firscthedogicaldeminnrystvtedbgNm* IrOFfbeflPB in A m i r h T h o & an ~~t witb a ~mtiankmown~~~~tbeSeminacywosbwrsed iu the academy baiId;ng- Studem w b needed fmhr psefrrra~iuocpdemicsnbj~~~eretosbtrriatbisinthezcademy. Tbjs a r r m m f a i l e d t o w w k o u t ~ y ;~ 0 t p p -ed to a p h e e dw&g, whm chsa amtinned Pntit 187s. fntheautumnof&atyartbe ! h k r y ~ t e m o v e d t o &&map& w h a bddbg had k t m etected for i t s USE. h I n & s m e ~ ~ & ~ w a s ~ d u n d e r * h m of M h w m m TheabnoftheWtu~~totnin~f~theLudmm mgregatims which were bdng org&d in growing umnbwnr in die pjrweex s d m e o t s that were spreading rapidly over theNo&we$L I t s m n b e a m r e * t & a t i p ~ d e r t o ~ i o ~ ~ t a wtw adqua+ p p d fur thdogkd study a d b g c &p a ~ t w a s n e d e d .Soinr87qae$legecu~&~dumwas~lPaed whi& provided for one year ob pqmatory studies a d f a y e of d e g e wokk dmg two lina, a c h i d to prepare adenrsfror t h e d o g y , d a h t I h E ~ w , p r e p f o rtheprof&mm Tbe h e r -however, had to k d i m d u d , &y f0r~ot:frrndsdpPmly~ugetoo~mdmtsselectedthe course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the in 1879. In ~ g o a high EIChPoIcawme covering three years was e s d i & d which in 19x0 w a ~ w a standard four-pr came, This was Wntieaed in 1933. In the years I ~ X & E ~ Xthe ~ cnlIep first class was graduated course was thoroughly revised in conformity with modern developments. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the strictly classical course has been largely modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. During 'the past ten years Majors' have been added in the fields of Business Administration, Sckiology, Physical Education, Music, and Home Economics. Until 1921 only men were admitted, but in that year coeducation was introduced. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been introduction of new courses and enlargement of the faculty. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved such an arrangement mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five Presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of oflice of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first President was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, I 876 t o 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 191I and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from I 9 I I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937 until the election of Bernhard Christensen in 1938. From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the aililiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to ditFerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Luthcrzn Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than haIf a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Cor- poration through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief hancial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a' growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially t o the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American college& the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration oaces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best music and lectures. They may contact modern life at one of its focal points. BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and osces, and a number of college classrooms and ogces. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49 and taken into use at the beginning of the present school year, is a large and completely modern college building. I t includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms,. and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a splendid dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Plans are under way for the erection of an addition to this dormitory. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 2 0 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on 23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, a well-built and well-equipped temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall, formerly the Tabernacle Baptist Church, was acquired by purchase, and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a beautiful residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented manv valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Col- lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Curator. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Archivist. The collectio~sin the Library aggregate about 26,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. Two hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:00 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one 'of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storeroams for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the callege provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: 16mm. sound movie projector, 3 I / q q inch slide projector (several), 2 y ' ~ 2 yslide y projector, Balopticon, sound ampliiication system, film strip projector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. The Book Shoppe of The Messenger Press is located at 2120 Riverside Avenue, one block from the campus. Here are readily available not only text-books, stationery, and supplies, but $50 a fine selection of Christian literature. EXPENSES For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of Seminary expenses, see page 92. The tuition for the College students is $ I 50.00 a semester. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $ I 3.00 per credit hour up to I I credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $6.00 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee. GENERALINFORMATION ESTIMATED EXPENSESFOR ONESEMESTER' Tuition in College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 5 0.00 This covers instruction, laboratory fees, health service, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .zo.oo to 3 5.00 Student activity fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Key deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yo Board, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 Room ...................................................... Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,375 .oo to 390.00 NOTE:See page 28 for information concerning opportunities for part-time employment to assist in meeting expenses. All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may %e made with the Treasurer for partial payment and payment of the remainder in monthly installments. A charge of fifty cents per month is made on such installment payments, if the balance is over $25.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month. All accounts must be paid before a student is permitted to register for a new semester. Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks. Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $9.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Subject to change. w SPECIAL FEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration unless the change is necessary because of errors in registering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Teacher Placement Bureau. . . . . . . . Teacher Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00 to Diploma fee, for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition. . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7-50 2.00 2.00 5 .OO MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER Piano for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 5-00 Voice for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00 Organ for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 -00 9.00 Class instruction in voice for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.oo Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. I t is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an at- GENERALINFORMATION mosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in the life of each student. 23 In order to help toward attaining these goals the faculty and students gather in chapel every day for a brief meditation upon the Word of God and the deepest needs of the human soul. Regular attendance is expected of all students. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses &red in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are urged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is heId twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held a t Augsburg &roughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientzc, political, social, religious, and artistic. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION The coordination of the many ~ersonnelservices is the responsibility of a twelve-member Faculty Council headed by the Dean of the College. Individual members of the Council or subcommittees direct the various activities, which include academic and personal counseling, housing and food service, recreation and health, employment and placement, and student activities. 1 The Luther League, the Mission Society, the Lutheran Student Association, the National Student Association Council, and a large number of departmental and special interest clubs are directly supervised by the Student Council. A Student-Faculty committee of eight members promotes and supervises student activities serving as a liaison between the Faculty and Student Councils. The counseling program for new students begins as soon as the Admissions and Scholarship Committee has approved their applications. All available data concerning each prospective student are combined with test results obtained during Freshman Week for use during registration. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor, generally on the basis of mutual academic interest. This assignment continues for the first two years. At a scheduled period during Freshman Week, the student meets with his counselor for registration. At least three additional counseling periods are scheduled for each semester. Whenever he feels the need, the student is encouraged to see his counselor for help to discover and develop as fully as p a sible his latent abilities. Upper-class students are counseled by their major advisers. Additional counseling is provided for the students by the use of student counselors. Each entering Freshman is assigned a student counselor, who works with a faculty counselor in each instance. The program is organized by a Student Counselor Steering Committee working with the Personnel Committee. Adjustment to college is one of several subjects introduced during Freshman Week. The various phases of this important problem of personal adjustment are given thorough study in the Orientation course which meets one hour per week throughout the first semester. Vocational possibilities within the divisional organization of the College are presented and course sequences are discussed. Personal and health probl&s, social adjustment, vocational and educational aims are examined from the point of view of individual needs. Special problems in counseling are referred to the Personnel Committee, which is composed of a member of the Department of Christianity, the Registrar, a professor of Psychology, the Director of Physical Education, the Dean of Women, and the Dean of Men, who serves as chairman. The administration of the counseling program is the work of the Personnel Committee. A system of referral makes available to any student the resources and special abilities of the entire faculty. Through all phases of the counseling program, the primary aim is the welfare of the individual student. The personal problems of the students are dealt with in the light of the following spiritual purposes and ideals. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg must, therefore, not participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right t o dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable t o advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. RECREATION AND SOCIALLIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. A t Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesome social activities of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. Also in this area the goal is "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." The Stdent Center, in the new Science Hall, serves as a social, cultural, and conference area for students. During the day, students use the Center as a general reading and committee room. The campus post o6ce is adjacent to the Student Center, as are also The Student Council Room and The Echo and The Augsburgian o0ices. The Prayer Chapel in the tower of the new Science Hall is open at all times for quiet meditation and prayer. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. A room for off campus men is located in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall and for off campus women in Morton Hall. All students who are not living at home are required to room in the College dormitories, unless permission to room elsewhere is granted by one of the Deans. Such permission must be secured before final arrangements are made. Residents in dormitories are required to take their meals in the College dining hall except those students who are employed away from the College. The charges for room and board are payable in advance. The residence halls are open for the occupancy of students on the day preceding the beginning of registration. Temporary arrangements may be made for students who have permission to come early to seek employment. Meals are served commencing on the morning of the first. day of registration. Dormitories are officially closed daring all vacations within twenty-four hours after the last session of -class work except by special arrangement with the Deans. Dormitory residents are held responsible for breakage or injury to the furniture and furnishings. The College believes in the educational value of group living under faculty supervision. It is expected that life in the dormitories should foster the development of Christian character, selfcontrol, and consideration for the rights of others. SVERDRUP-OFTEDAL MEMORIAL &L This dormitory for men, erected in 1938, accommodates about students. The modern arrangement of the dormitory, with its suites of two rooms for every three or four students, helps to make this an inviting College home for men. The rooms are furnished except for bedding and linen. I 50 HOUSINGFOR WOMEN The college operates a cottage plan of supervised residences for women, pending the building of the planned additions to Sivertsen Hall. College-operated residences for women include Sivertsen Hall, 2323 South Sixth Street, which houses fifty; Morton Hall, 730 rznd Avenue South, which houses twenty; Edda House, 2222 7% Street South, which houses twenty-four. Rooms are furnished except for bedding and linens. Laundry facilities are provided in each unit. Assignment of rooms is made after the first of August. An attempt is made to assign the rooms so as to meet the student interests and needs, and to create congenial housing units. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939 through the generosity of Dr. Ivar Sivertsen, accommodates about fifty Freshman women students. The first floor has a large reception room used for social functions. In the basement are a kitchenette and a recreation room. Applications for rooms should be sent as soon as a student is notified of his acceptance. Applicants will be assigned to dormitory rooms in the order in which their applications are received. Rooms are assigned to present occupants of the dormitories by August first. After that, they are assigned to new applicants in the order of application. Students who cannot be accommodated in permanent dormitories may find rooms in temporary housing units. Rooms in approved private homes are also available. Arrangements for these rooms are made through the Personnel Office. For married students, the college has two temporary housing buildings, each accommodating four families. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of the Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining-haall, a social room, and a private diningroom. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining-hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. The program of health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the School Physician and the School Nurse. It includes regular physical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary Rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The ogce is in Room I I I, Memorial Hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free. A large number of college students find it necessary to secure part-time employment while carrying on their studies. The Employment Service, operated by the Oflice of Public Relations, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in part-time positions. Many Minneapolis institutions and firms have gladly cooperated in this enterprise. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. AppIication forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Oflice of Public Relations. The Placement Bureau seeks to assist members of the graduating class, as well as alumni, in securing positions. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. STUDENT ACTIVITIES GENERAL The Studmt Society. The Student Society is an organization of the entire student body. It delegates the authority "to promote and govern the all-student activities" of the school to The Augsburg Sti~dcrtfCoumil. The president of the Council is elected by The Studmf Society. Other members are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Student Association has been formed by the Student Council. The Associated Women Students. This organization directs the activities of special interest to the women students, all of whom are members. In order to aid one another "to eee d h g s &ugh & eyeri of Christ" and to work together for the r&s&m of the spifi'rtul p ~ ~ e ~ t i a t h e c h r i s e i a n f ~ t h e m ~ d t h md S t h j have formed a number of 01cgmkths. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. To those interested in missions the M & h Socidy ip a d y i n g point. There is also during the school year mu& for bringing the Christian message to Gospel char&. and other organizations. The Luther League affords the student an opportunity to share in local and general Luther League work. The Student Society is aHiated with the Lzctheran Student Association of America, and Augsburg students participate in the v a r h s regional and national acti* of tbis large# f&w&ip* . AU studmw m q h d iaspiratim in the hfidwe~k W a g , Bible S d y * and mher regular m d g s far prayex and feIIow&ip. ReFighsw Epwpbds Week and the The hfisdion F e d i d are Anl~cpZ outstanding religious events of each school year. A W s Gostel Q w t e t represents the school in many places, espedallp during the summer. Other musical groups having a religions pare developed each year. Also during the summer, a number of students do parochial school teaching, carry on home mission work, travel in Gospel duos, or engage in similar types of Christian service. DEPARTMENTAL AND STUDENT INTEREST GROUPS SOCIALSCIENCE The Znternathd Relations Club is an organization of students who major in one of the social sciences or who are particularly interested in international relations. Organized Field Trips. The Department of Sociology arranges for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. The Augsburg College League of Women Voters is an organization af6liated with the Minnesota League of Women Voters aiming "to promote education and citizenship" and stimulate interest and participation in effective government. The Republican Club gives the student a chance to engage in the discussion of political issues of the day. NATURALSCIENCE The Aristotelians is a society made up of students who specialize in the natural sciences. Monthly meetings are held, at which speakers address the society on scientific topics. LITERARY The Scribblers Club. This is an organization open to freshmen who wish to do creative writing. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of advanced students interested in creative writing. Members submit -articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. The best selections are published in The Dial, an annual literary magazine. Le Cercle Francais. Membership in Le Cercle Francais is open to past and present students of French. Meetings are held from time to time at which the group listens to broadcasts of French short stories, plays, songs, etc., or the group presents its own program of vocal and instrumental music, skits, and readings. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity t o exercise the use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. The German ~ocie;?. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. Tbe Norse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. In order to become members of The Norse Club students must maintain a C average in all their work. The Sigvald Kvale Silver Medal Contests are given by members of The Norse Club. JOURNALISM For those interested in Journalism several avenues are open for securing practical experience in campus publications. The Augsbzcvg Echo, the College paper, is best adapted for this purpose. Besides serving the need of such a publication at the school, it is given considerable circulation among high schools in the Northwest. The Augsburgiun is published as an annual, giving a- story of Augsburg life in word and picture. The Dial is a literary magazine published regularly by the Writus Club. DEBATE,ORATORY, AND DRAMA Augsburg is annually represented by men and women debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. The Drama Club has been formed to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. The Junior Toastmastqs Club aims to give experience in public speaking and instruction in the art of toastmastership and parliamentary procedure. ATHLETICS Physical Education and Recreation. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Intercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Intramural Athletics. Through the intramural department is maintained in six-man t o d b d , Park Baard basketball, interdm basketball, ping pmg, badminmn, diamondball, h n d b d , archery, voolleyU tetherball, *, tennis, s h d e board, and h d e y . clhaxing the baamudprogram is the Conference Exrxamud a specid Minnesoza Interc~Negiaa A&letic Conference event in && champiom of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" C l d . M d x & p in the "A"Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsbwg, The aim of this organization is "w b i d the 'A*men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." .Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary orpnization. Membership is gained by par&patiost m individual and kaap recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. T h e Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Associarion of a l l e g e Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. -on e, A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel through the fellowship of music and song. ' Membership in the choirs and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. Atrgsbvrg Cdlege Cboir. The College Choir consists of about L fifty members. From year to year the Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of eighteen concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, Canada, and a number of the Midwestern states. Azcgsburg C h d Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. Augsburg College W . In addition to presenting its fall and spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Men's Chorus affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets twice a week. The Pep Band affords an opportunity for training in band music as well as for taking part in the creation of spirit and enjoyment at the college athletic functions. Miscelluneotcs Grwps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The Class of 19I 8 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the Main Building. The I927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Two prize scholarships (tuition for the second half of the Freshman year) are offered by the State Council of Minnesota Colleges, one to the first ranking Senior boy and one t o the first ranking Senior girl from any Minnesota high school. Outside of Minnesota, where the regulation of the State Council of Minnesota Colleges does not apply, a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability. The George Sverdmcp Graduute Fellvwsbip was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 191I to 1937. I t is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hojhuzn Memorial Scholurshp was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Assochtion Scholarship of $ 2 5 o is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from I 93o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredrichon Scholmshtp consists in the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. To assist students in meeting their financial problems in emergencies several revolving funds have been established through which loans, at a reasonable interest rate, may be arranged. The Augsbwrg College Wonten's Club Loan Fund extends assistance especially to members of the Senior class, and also a limited number of short-term loans to other students. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Lovm Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. Tbe Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hotcr, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. The General Student k n Fund, established through the gifts of a number of individuals, provides short-term loans for students of all classes. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ofljcers are: Lawrence Quanbeck, President; J. Vernon Jensen, Vice-president; H. Norman Hanson, Acting Executive Secretary; Marvin Gisvold, Treasurer; Esther Aune, Margaret Hulburt, Advisers. . THE FOUNDATION FELLOWSHIP The Augsburg Foundation Fellowship is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The 'Fellowship was founded in 194I by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association and has had a steady growth of membership since that time. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine me-mbers. A Foundation Day is held each year. The present membership is about seven hundred. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Public Relations Oilice or from the Registrar's Oilice. The application, together with two letters of recommendation, the high school record, previous college record if any, and for veterans a certified copy of the separation papers, should be sent to the Registrar's Oilice. Previous college records of veterans may include V-12 and ASTP records. Forms combining the application and the high school record are generally available in ,Minnesota high schools. They can also be secured from the College. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 15 and for the spring semester by January 2 5 . Augsburg College admits as students men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. These four years of high school must total at least 16 units and should include the following requirements: English, four units, or English, three units and a foreign language, two units; social studies, two units; mathematics, one unit. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. High school graduates without specified high school subjects and graduates of unaccredited high schools will be considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of suilicient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or recorded aptitudes make success at Augsburg doubtful. DEFICIENCIES ficiency in English will be required to register for two extra hours of work per week. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pro- TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted a t Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations. This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General APPLICATIONSOF VETERANS Veterans who wish to apply for admission under the provisions of Public Law 346 (G.I. Bill of Rights) or Public Law 16 (Rehabilitation program) should obtain notice of eligibility from their regional Veterans Administration. This notice should be presented to the Registrar at the time of their application. Application for credit on the basis of educational experiences in military service may be made in two ways: I. Those now on active duty may apply through United States Armed Forces Institute on Form 47. This form may be obtained from the U. S. Armed Forces Institute, Madison 3, Wisconsin, or from the educational oflicer. 2. Veterans not now on active duty should submit a certified copy of W.D., A.G.O. Form 100, Separation Qualification Record, or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service, NavPers 5 53 ; or U.S.M.C. Report of Separation; or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service-Coast Guard, 5 5 3 . In the case of Naval commissioned or warrant oflicers, the Oflicer's Qualiiication Record Jacket (N-avPers 3o 5 ) , a certified copy thereof, or a statement from the Bureau of Naval Personnel covering the data desired should be submitted. Credit is given for several types of educational experience: I. Basic or recruit training. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. Physical education Hygiene 2. 6 semester credits semester credits 2 Service courses. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. The recommendations of the American Council on Education, Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experience, are followed. Not all service courses are recommended for credit. 3. ASTP, V- I 2, and some other college programs. Credit is granted on receipt of ogcial transcript from the college where the course was taken. Full credit will be granted for all work applicable to an A.B. degree at Augsburg, except where the work duplicates work previously taken. 4. Correspondence courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. These courses fall into two classes: those prepared and given by the Institute, and those prepared and given by colleges and universities. In the case of Institute courses, credit is. given upon receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above and based upon test results. University and college correspondence courses will be accredited by official transcript like other college work. 5 . Other credit. General education not indicated by any of the above methods can be demonstrated by means of the General Educational Development Tests. Veterans seeking advanced standing on the basis of informal study and travel may take these tests either through the Armed Forces Institute while still in service or at Augsburg after their discharge. No credit on this basis can be granted on the Senior College level nor counted in the total credits required for the major and minor fields. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. Students are required to complete their registration on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who in either semester register later than three days after classes begin shall pay a late registration fee of $3.00. The Veterans Administration does not pay late registration fees. The normal registration is 16 credit hours per week. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. All students register under the direction of the Registrar. Special problems of registration are referred to the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. Students working part-time are required to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes without special action by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. In registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College requirements during the first two years. However, if such registradon is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. r AUGSBURG COLWE AMOUNTOF CLASSWORK The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may only honor to students have gained an previous average recordbeofgranted By or two points who per credit, in their college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires t o make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's of6ce on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. This procedure is necessary in order to avoid a record of failure in any course dropped. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration unless the change is necessary because of errors in registration. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes except by special permission of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student may cancel a course after the middle of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's of6ce in order to keep the record clear and to receive an honorable dismissal. A P ~ ~ ~O T NTHE H LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be-allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. ACADEMIC REQUIFLEMENTS CLASS~ICATION College credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Saphomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION , There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cummittee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .S or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of coilege work, 6 of which must be C per credit at least. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. No "cuts" are allowed. However, students may be excused from class if there is a valid reason for absence. Valid reasons for absence include illness and trips by extra-curricuIar organizations sponsored by the school. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not c o d i c t with classes. Any exception to this r u l e must be agreed to by the teacher of the class agected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. I AUGSBURG COLLEGE Students are required to present to the instructor a written explanation of absences upon their return to class. The validity of the excuse is determined by the instructor. Classwork lost because of necessary absences must .be made up. Each unexcused absence reduces the grade to be awarded on the completion of a course. When a student has four unexcused absences, he shall be reported to the Registrar, who will drop the student from the course with a grade of F. Students who absent themselves from Christianity classes will not be allowed to continue in school. Absences before and after vacation will be counted double. Teachers will deal with tardiness as they see fit, but may count three tardinesses as equal to one absence. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. At the end of each week every teacher will report to the Regstrar's Oilice the names of all students who have been absent from class the whole week, as well as the names of those whose recent absences from class have unduly interfered with their progress. Those in charge of tours and trips by musical organizations, athletic teams, debate teams, and other groups will apply for permission to the Faculty Council a t least two weeks in advance and will leave a list of participants in the Registrar's O&ce before the group goes. Blnm must be reported immediately to the school nurse so that she may have a record of all illness in the student body and be able to give assistance where needed. All students are expected to attend the daily chapel service regularly. GENERAL RULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning, since tests are given regularly throughout the semester in all courses. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, final reports are made at the cloie of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester in all classes. No student or class may arrange t o take a final examination in any course before the examination week. ABSENCE FROM EXAMINAXIONS Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. DELAYED FINALS If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a final at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Office in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. STUDENTSBELOWGRADE Within a week after they have received the reports of their grades, students below grade must see their instructors in order to arrange. for making up their deficiencies. Failures must be made up in class when the subject is offered again. Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination mast apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured a t the ofice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oflice. GRADEVALUES A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit M e r y good, 2 honor points per credit C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D-Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E-Condition I -Incomplete JUNIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Junior College, laying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education. 2 credits each semester Group A Christianity Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 6 credits Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature Group C Foreign Language (Norse, French, Spanish, 8 credits German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are exempted from this requirement. Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I an$ 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 25-26 6 credits (Humanities) Group E Natural Sciences Group F Physical Education: Courses, and qb Psychology required in certain fields 8 credits 2, 3a, 3b, 4a, Orientation required of all Freshmen Speech required of all students for graduation 4 credits 4 credits I credit 3 credits SENIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. In planning his choice of a major as well as in planning the minor or minors, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. l e is well for rhe student to know in his Freshman yezr what major line of study he will pursue. T h e major subject & determined by the student's aims as weil as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College, where basic courses prerequisite to the major are &red in sequences which lay the foundation for rhe major work. When a student enters the Junior year he shall have determined in what field of study he will specialize, so that the work in the majors and minors may be well planned. Smdencs who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the Junior pear, should, before they register, consult with members of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee and the heads of the various departments in order to derermine their held of major work. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing 3 student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correladves of the major. Senior ColIege stfidencs should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Senior College Courses. The amount of work required for g r a h h n comprises n minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit. A credit equals one reduuon period a week throughout one semester. Honor p0i.t~ are cmnpured a t the rare of one born pidt for each credit with a grade of C, two hwor pints for each crgdit w i t h a grade of B, and t h e e h o w points for each credit wirh a grade of A. An average of 328 homr points m a be attained for the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the conchding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor points per credit 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79-k 2.1-2.49+ Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent at least two years in residence are eligible for honors. GRADUATE STUDY In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per credit. CURRICULUMS .. The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. The Christkz Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies .Ae student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors DE m b i o d a %e fdImdrq pmgrm &a Ehe rpprozhte PWWw*-haveh~~w~ by wbichast&ntmay r m j o r i n ~ ~ o t ~ h a o p p p h y y , m E n g r i $ h , a r M l q y * T % e s t n b s h o u l d ~ * d o f tbe SeminvJr ad* as early as posible, as v&tbm a c c d h g to the major &sen F*ge;rr. 14ag a8em the r~biceof- course wen in tbe Seminary adviser, Mr. ella and. F r k Christianity ................... 4 Orientation .................... I Hygiene ...................... z Physical Education ............. I English Composition ........... 6 Foreign Language .............. 8 European Civilization ........... 6 or Natural Science, 8 Cr. Sociology ..................... 6 - ' Sophomore Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science ................ or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. ......... Psychology .................... History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. physical Education ............. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . 8 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Humanities or Philosophy . . . . . . . 6 History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hymns of the Church.. . . . . . . . z - 8 8 4 6 1 35 34 Junior 6 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy or Logic.. . . . . . . . . . . Economics or Education.. . . . . . . . English (for major or minor). . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 4 8 3 6 6 -3 30 The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. Parish and Missionary Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and AUG~BURG COLLEGE 48 as parish -workers. The ~0.w is so arranged that the student will, upon its s a d a c b r p ~ndr&n, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificae indicating &t he is a qualified parish worker. Parish work a,dviser, Mr. Stensvaag. The -sugg&d sebedule p r o d m .for a minor in Cbcistiaaity, .andmakes it p d l e to plan for smajor in History or En&& It 'would also be &Me to pian ,fora ~ j q i rn i n t y with a .~GUQT in some otber -ad T. h e coww eaenria for &e &of theJ?arishWorker's G r t & c a t e are iIkFlic9wd in &e.ou.tIine bbw. Freshman Sophomore Chzistianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Survey of European Civilization . General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy and Physiology.. 6 6 4 4 Elementary Tyfiezun'ting . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . - 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology . . . . . . . . . -3 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Electives A 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise. . . . . . . Principles of Christian Education. The Chistian Churches.. . . . . . . . The Lutheran Church.. . . . . . . . . . Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child Welfare or The Family. . Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 32 Senior Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . z Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Educational Psyclmlogy . . . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church. . z Fundamentals of Journalism.. . . . . 3 Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Crime and Society or Introduction to Social Work.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Office Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the head of the Department of Education for admission'to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qual&cations. In addition to. departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and commercial education. Sophomore Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . . . . . . European Civilization . . . . . . . . Foreim Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Educztion . . . . . . . . . Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2 - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . 3 Teachiig in High School. . . . . . . . 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electives in Major or Minor. . . . . . 1 6 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Observation and P,ractice Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5 Specid Teaching Methods.. . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 32 32 Junior - The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation ' and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . European Civilization or Social Problems . . . . Principles of Accounting Foreign Language . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Junior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 United States History. . . . . . . . . . . 6 Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . 3 Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . 3 Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics. . . . . . . . Introduction to Statistics. . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 8 4 6 _t I 3 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations . 3 Senior Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . Preparation for teaching commercial subjects in high school requires work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. A description of the course in commercial education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies. Training for secretarial work can be secured by taking the work in the Department of Secretarial Studies together with the proram of general education offered by the college. t Vocations in Home Economics From the vocational point of view, the work .inthe Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for home- CURRICULUMS 51 making, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. The teaching major is described in the catalog under the departmental heading. Medicine Most medical schools require a ,minimurnof three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . - . 4 English Composition . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . 8 College Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 T r i g w e t r y . . . . . . . . . - - . . . - - 4Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Zoology 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I 36 Senior Junior Christianity ................... 4 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Medical German . . . . . , ......... 4 Organic Chemistry . . . , , ... 8 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Christianity ................... 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . ,............ 3 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Chemistry ............. 5 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 36 32 ..... - - Dentistry and Dental Hygiene Preparation for the study of dentistry or of dental hygiene can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission: Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 English Composition ........... 6 European Civilization ........... 6 Inorganic Chemistry ............ 8 College Algebra 4 Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . r Christianity ................... 4 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education ............. I 36 33 ............... - Sophomore - Nursing Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schools have at least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of Nutrition. . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . I Electives ................... F 32 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. First Year Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anztcmy and Physiology.. ...... 4 Bacteriology .................. 4 Chemistry .................... 3 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z - Second Year Sociology ......................3 -3 15 Engineering is a field requiring a great deal of technical preparation. One year of the engineering course will meet the needs of students interested in further study in any field of engineering. A two-year program may be arranged with the Registrar for those preparing for certain engineering fields. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition ............ Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry ........ Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . College Algebra ............... Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hygiene ...................... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore 4 6 6 8 4 4 I t I 36 Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry ................ . 8 or Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 9 8 I 7 32 ' S o d Work For students who plan to enter the field of social work the foly lowing program is suggested. The same program is app'ropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Human Anatomy and Physiology. . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... American Government . . . . . . : . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 6 I 3 - 32 32 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . Principles of Economics , , ..... , Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . History of Philosophy.. . , ....... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . ....... 4 6 9 6 7 - Christianity ................... Sociology Statistics Electives ...................... I I I1 I 4 ..................... g ......................3 I x6 - Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. Diaconate A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be:arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. . I1 I rn i = ~ v F i L K ? . * W ' ~ ' S C N Y . ? M ~ Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Mr. Stensvaag, Chairman Christianity Philosophy DNISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Mr. Helland, Chairmart; Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Speech, Journalism German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music - SOCIALSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman History, Sociology, Political Science Education, Psychology Economics, Geography Library Science Business Administration, Secretarid Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE DNISIONOF THE I NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education I rn Mr. Nash, Chairman COURSES OF STUDY Starred Courses are not offered in 1gfo-19g I I Division of Religion and Philosophy Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The relate himself to Christ student is challenged to accept chis point of view-to as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make a consistent use of a11 hi talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian .personality dedicated to the realization of W s kingdom on earth. Department of Cluistianity The courses in Christianity are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare hi for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement. Major, 28 credits; Minor, 22 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor. BOOK STUDIESw THE BIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the snidy of one of the Gospels and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. I, 2. CHURCHHISTORY. I. r Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for .the purpose of developing a mare intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. CHRISTIANETHICS. 11. 2 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 4. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen hnds. 5. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.11. z Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and parochial school teaching. 6. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. 11. See Coarse ro under the Department of Music. z Cr. ORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY. I. See Course 23 under Education. I 10. 23. Cr. Senior Cdlege Courses COMPARATIVE RELIGION.I, 11. 4 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten o r twelve of the great non-Christian religicm of the world. 5 I, 52. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES. I. 2 Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, 53. doctrinal position, and practices of the various 'branches of the Christian Church. THE LUTHERANCHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 54. 55. GIIEATMEN AND WOMEN OF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH. I. 2 Cr. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until rhe present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. ~ O B L E M SM CHRISTIANLIVING. 11. 2 Cr. A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 56. PARISHWORK. I. 2 Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. I t ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures will be supplemented by actual field work. 57. 58. YOUTH WORK IN TIIE CHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 59, 60. ADVANCED BIBLE. I, 11. 4 Cr. A careful study, especially from the point of view of religious content, of a number of Biblical books and passages representative of the various types of literature contained in the Old and New Testaments. n. z Cr. 62. CHRISTIANSTEWARDSH~.* The evangelical view that all of life is sacred and is to be used to the glory of God is presented on the basis of Biblical passages and specific examples in literature and contemporary life. Special attention is given to the consecration of material possessions to che Kingdom of God. Department of Philowphy The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the systems of thought developed by the great thinkers, t o create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 41, 42, 5 3 , 60 .are required for the major. Courses 41, 42 are required for the minor. Jzcnim College Coarses CHRISTIAN ETHICS. IT. 2 cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. Same as Christianity 4. 4. THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERNCIVILIZATION. I, II. 6 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of Western thought as reflected in outstanding works in the fields of phibsophy, literature, political and social thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences. I 5 , I 6. 41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 6 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the modem period. * Not offered in 1950-1951. RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Senior College Courses 11, 52. C O M P A R ARELIGION. ~ I, 11. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. Same as Christianity 11, 12. 53. LOGIC. I. 3 cr. A study of the conditions, forms, and principles of logical thought. Problems of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to human experience and conduct. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 41 or 42. 11. 3 c~ A survey of recent philosophical emphases and ,their expressions in the various 56. areas of life in modem culture. PLATO.Prereq. 41. II. 3 Cr. careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including selected portions of the Replblic. 5 8. A 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. H. 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience i n their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. 61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. I @ * Not offered in 1950-1951. Division of the Humanities The Division of the Humanities seeks to pass on to the coming generation a knowledge and interest in the field of rhe human cultural inheritance of the ages, and to give to each student the development that comes from finding hi place within this culture. The Division seeks t o promote the knowledge of these treasures of mankind, in language, literature, and ,the fine arts, and to connect their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life. Department of Ancient Languages The courses in the classical languages aim to train the student to master forms and syntax, to acquire some facility in translation, and to get some insight into clasical culture and its bearing ,upon the present. Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the understanding of historical documents and scientific terms. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 oredits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the Christianity requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor. 1-2. ELEMENTSOF NEWTESTAMENT GREEK. I, 11. 8 Ct. Text: Essentials of New Testament Greek, Huddilston. I John and the Gospel according to John I-X. Open to Junior College students. Senior College Cowrses MARK,AND ACTS I-=.* I, 11. 8 Cr, Careful readiig and analysis. Grammar reviewed, and special attention given to forms. 5 I, 5 2 . LUKEI-XX AND ROMANS.I, 11. 8 Cr. Special emphasis on syntax and parsing. Collateral readiig and acquaintance with the hitory and paleography of some ancient Greek manuscripts required. 5 3, 54. 'Not offered in 1950-1951. 8 Cr. The elements of the language are studied. Daily exercises in forms and dementary syntax. Senior College Courses JZ. XENOPHON'SANABASIS.*I, 11. Books 1-111 and the grammar are carefully studied. J I, Minor, 24 csredits. BEGINNING LATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar, easy prose, composition. A year's course. 3, 4. CZSARAND CICERO. SO. I, 11. Reading of Cmar's Gallic War and Cicero's Orations. Composition. 1-2. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. Senior College Courses CICEROAND VERGL* Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. 52. Reading of Cicero's Orations and Vergil's Aeneid. Composition. Pmrivate life of the Romans. Survey of Latin literature. 70. TEACHING OF LATIN. Sr. I. I Cr. J I, HEBREW BEGINNER'SCOURSE. 1, TI. See Theological Seminary. 53, ~ 4 . ADVANCED COURSE." I, II. See Theological Seminary. J I, J 2. 6 Cr. 4 Cr. Department of English The English Department a h to ~r&i thc student in the proper usz of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and notctaking and in handling thought materials; to develop r deeper understanding of the fundvnentzl rru~hsand realitia of life revealed in great literature; and ro iatcgrate all these purposes rh.rough the principles of Cbrirtianity. The deparment prepares specifically for graduate study and for the teaching of English in secondary schools. Freshman English, Course 1-2 or 3-4, required of all. * Not offered in 1950-1951. Major: 26 credits above Freshman Englisb, courses 7, 8, and 5 1 to 60. Minor: 17 credits above Freshman English, courses 7, 8, 55, 56, 57, and r credits elective. It is recommended that students who plan to teach English in high school include Courses 5 and 76 and also close correlatives in language, history, and social science. A minor in Speech is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in Literature. I+A. A course designed for students who fall below in their entrance English tests. Drill in elementuy matters of Engliih usage. Five hours a week. Three credits, provided the student improves his work sui3iciently. FRESHMAN ENGLISH. I, U. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required entrance standard. The ~rinciplesof writing and their application. Weekly themes and semester papers. Reading of literary selections. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. 1, 11. 6 Cr. For students who are somewhat above the average in the entrance English tests. Study of p ~ c i p l e sof writing. Written work equal in amount to weekly themes and semester papers. Selected readhgs emphasized. 3-4. COMPO~ITION. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5, 6. ADVANCED Semester I: Fundamentals of grammar and principles of writing. Stress on expository writing. Semester XI: Elements of style; emphasis on narration. Both semesters provide individual projects in chosen fields and also study of selected masterpieces. ENGLISHLITERATURE.SO. I. 3 Cr. A course in English literature emphasizing literary backgrounds and movements together with the study of representative authors and some of their best works. 7. - AMERICANLITERATURE.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in American literature, with an emphasis upon its origin and development, together with particular study of selected writings from a number of authors of influence and distinction. 8. CORRECTIVEWRITING. SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week. Noncredit Caurse. This course offers additional training to upper class students who are found to be belaw in their writing of English in various courses. The purpose is to help them reach the standard required for the college degree. 11. 51. Lhgnarty GUITXQSM.~ Jr. I. 52. MODERNENGLISHr n AMEBIC4N W T D Jt B 11. ~ ~ A study of the more impwtpnt 1;in England and America from abuut I 890, concentcnfing upcm lo& h and notable productions. - AMERICAN POETRY.~ Jr. I. t Cr. The major American poets of the nineteenth century, with a thorough study of selected poems. 53. $4 Stndy of tht C I u d v& i E - I m a u m L Jr- ~WTU~&Y &EW . .e . n. of eighteeprh c e n m n H ~ Wtickivnl,and&&of poeD d assnJr;am" c h ~ -tare in FuqIand, int k P 'Rctam i ~ m~ Ha-5 rbe d~modemmrval.Empb%npon&e&ef 3 The chief poet8 md wasppias of & a- and Victorian p e r i d , O W B ~ ~ n p ~ n , t ~ ~ t ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ n m d i n & t e n e e s & o c t Iive~arid~of&pprifex& 56. THE BRITISHAND AMERICANNOVEL. Prereq. 5 1 or equivalent. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. 57. Sr. L d Sh&spuda plays according to ideas and practices of drama in day d in relation to later critical study and appreciation. ~ 8 ,bo. CEIAUCRR awn MILTQX.Pretcp. 56. Sr. IS. 3 Cr. W y r st+ of T h e 6 n d a c y Tah d Milton's poetry as part of the c d d d d o p m n t of I&&thcs, their peratanent value and influence, and ths m a l i h of tht 72. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I. 76. ENGLISHGRAMMAR. Jr., Sr. 1% IT. z Cr. Designed for those who plan w teach English in high school. 1 Open to sophomores in certain situations. See Cr. Head of English Department. Department of Speech MR. R. E. ANDERSON, MR. LBFEVERE,MR. V. JENSEN The speech department aims to refate &e devehpnmt of tptcch to personality with the purpose of improving the adjustmmz of & indipidud to his environment. I t seeks to develop skill in platform dtpmtment d speech com,position, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Thro~&i m c o w L h e r pretative reading and dramatics an appreciation of puetry imd drama k SO* The department also sponsors an intercollegiate forensic p*ognm d i r h is open to all students. All students are required to earn 3 credits in Speech for graduation. Course I I is designed especially for this requirement. Minor, 16 credits. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH. So. I. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of egective speaking: selecting the subject and determining the purpose, gathering speech materials, organization and delivery of speeches, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. 3 Cr. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. So. 11. A study of narration, description, exposition, and argumentation as they apply I 2. to ~ u b l i cspeech; an introduction t o discussion and debate forms; preparation and delivery of common types of speeches. No credit. CORRECTIVESPEECH.SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week. A course for students who need ad&d t r d p g in order to reach the ~ r o f i c i e n cnecessary ~ for the s u c c e d d p d t ab rbeir college studies as well as for proper adjustment in social aitrutbm w&de of school. 14. INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. I, II. Open to all students. 1-2 Cr. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate question for the year. The amount of credit to be given rests with rhe discretion of the debate coach. 21. ORATORY.I. Open to dl strldentk I Cr. ul odghal oration for collegiate oratorical conPreparation and dtlivvy tests. Arrangements to be made witb rbe instructor. 23. Senior Colkge Cowses z Cr. I I, or consent of the department. Jr. I. A study of the principles of argumentation and [the psychology of persuasion; preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches. 61. ARGUMENTATION. Prereq. z Cr. 62. DISCUSSION. Prereq. I I , or consent of the department. Jr. 11. A study of the principles and types of discussion; participation in organized class discussions. DRAMATICS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. The theory of aoting and intqretation is combined with a practical training in play production. Designed for those who may teach dramatics o r coach high school plays. 63, 64. INTERPRETATIVE READING. Jr. II. z Cr. Training in the techniques and mental operations of effective oral reading. 68. STORYTELLING. Jr. TI. I Cr. 66. A study of narration as a form of discourse; app1ica.tion of the principles of description and characterization to preaching and teaching. z Cr. 71, 72. GREATOIUTIONS. Jr., Sr. I, H. z Cr. A study of speech composition through analysis of great orations. Ancient orations are studied durinuring the ,&st semester, modem orations during the second. 75. PHONETICS.Jr., ST. I. z Cr. A study of speech sounds with .reference to their nature and structure; application of the principles of articulation in effective speech practice. 95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. I % Cr. JOURNALISM MR. N. C. ANDERSON FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to che theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See Courses 4 to 7. I. EDITINGTHE SMALI.PAPER.' 11. 2 Cr. A continuation of Course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and church publications are studied. Participation in work of The Augsburg Echo is required. Alternates with Course 3. 3. FEATUREWRITING FOR PUBLICATION. II. z Cr. The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in various publications. Ability w write good English is a requirement. Alternates with Course 2 . 4, 5. Echo STAFFMEETINGS.I, n. I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augshrg Echo Staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open t o members of G u r s e I. Hour arranged. 6, 7 . Angshrgian S T A MEETIMGS. ~ I, 11. I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meet2. ings. Department of German MR. LANDA,MR. ERMISCH The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is w provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the Not offered in 1950-1951. candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, 24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor. BEGINNINGGERMAN. I, EL 8 Cr. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 1-2. 3-4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY. I, 11. 8 cr. ?This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and offers a brief survey of German literature. 5-6. MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11. Training in the reading of professional articles written in German. 4 Cr. 5 I , 52. GERMANLITERATURE.I, TI. An introduction t o the study of classical German literature. 74. TEACHING OF GERMANICLANGUAGES. Sr. I. 8 Cr. I % Cr. Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a symparhetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. M i r , 24 credits. 1-2. BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3-4. INTERMEDIAE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 6 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. H~STORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES.*I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. 16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.' 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 t o the present day, studied against the background of ,$he general conditions in Europe. Senior College Courses LITERATURE: EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. I. 51. MODERNNORWEGIAN A study of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonas Lie, and others. LIERATURE:LATERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. 11. 54. MODERNNORWEGIAN Bjernson and Ibsen are studied especially, through selected works. * Not offered in 195C-1951. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. THE HUMANITES THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Prereq. 3 -4, or six credits in lizera2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. I. 67 The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4,or six credits in litera56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN z Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. 11. The course includes dramas by Bj@rnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. 74. TEACHINGOF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. I % Cr. 5 5. Department of Romance Languages The Romance Language D e p t m e n t aims first, t o train students for graduate study, high school teaching, missionary work, and business positions involving the use of French or Spanish; next, to assist in developing an appreciation of the best in literature and encourage the reading of great i h k s as a use of leisure time; and finally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in students an understanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, culture, and ideals. FRENCH Minor, 24 credits. BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, U. 8 Cr. The course includes che study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 1-2. 3-4. INTERMEDIA= FRENCH. I, n. 8 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, compsition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Smiur College Courses FRENCH LITERATURE.I, n. 4 Cr. The course comprises lectures by the instructor on authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and readings and reports by rhe students. 5 3-54. FRENCH PHONETICS, CONVERSATION, LVD CUMPOSITION. I, 11. 4 Cr. During the h r semester rhere is a thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, and dictation. During the second semester phonetic drill is replaced by composition. Courses 11-52and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or during .two successive years. 78. TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. 1-52. SURVEY OF I Minor, 24 credits. BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of stories in the Spanish language. 3-4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, TI. 8 Cr. The c m e includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 1-2. Senior College Cmses 5 1-5 2. SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. 4 Cr. I, 11. The course consists of readings and reports, and provides a general survey of well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. 13-54. SPANISH CONYERSATION AND COMPOSITION. I, 11. 4 Cr. Some further study of Spanish grammar is included with special emphasis on developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. Courses 5 1 - 5 2 and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or during two successive pears. Sr. I. 78. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. 1% Cr. Department of Music This department ogers general instruction to students who are interested primarily in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters, in addition to giving special training to those who wish to become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. The department also affords preparation for those who expect to continue specialized study in the field of music. A graduation major (36 credits) requires completion of the following: Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . .4 Cr. 2. History and Literature of 5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique or Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 3-4. Harmony .............. 4 Cr. 53-54. Choral Technique . . . . .4 Cr. 5-6. Advanced Harmony . . 4 Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. I. Electives, 4 credits from the following: Hymns and Music of 58. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . s Cr. the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 59. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 57. Musical Analpsis . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 60. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 10. Applied Music (including at least - . .. - . ' .I ' 2 - credits in piano) . . . . . . . . . - 8 Cr. . . -. .. . . .. - - L - - THE HUMANITIES A teaching major (36 credits) requires completion of the following: Far Tnining . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. I. History and Literature of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . . .4 Cr. 2. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . - 4 Cr. 5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique or* 53-54. Choral Technique . . . . - 4Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . -4Cr. Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music.. . . . . . . . . . . . . , 4 Cr. Electives, t credits from the following: 57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . .z Cr. 5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. $9. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Cr. Applied Music (including a t least z credits i n Piano) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CI. One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of all mwic majors. A graduation minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following: I. Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 2. History and Literature of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . . 4 Cr. 57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. Electives, 4 credits from the following: 5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . .4 Cr. Hymns and Music of the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 10. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . t Cr. Applied Music (in which a t least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in either vocal or instrumental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cr. A teaehiig minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following: Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 3-4- Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr5 1-5 z. Instrumental Technique or 5 3 -54. Choral Technique. . . . 4 Cr. 57. Musical Analysis. . . . . . . . . z Cr. I. Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music. . . . . .4 Cr. Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr. * A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both techniques courses, his work in applied Music, except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 70 (If the student has registered for h t m e n t a l Tedmiqw, a t least 2 credits i n Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in instrumental music. If he has registered for Choral Technique, at least 2 credits in Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in vocal music.) Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral Club, or the Band. Credits are not offered for less than two complete semesters. One credit per semester is granted to students taking sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, p'iano, or organ. Fees per semester: Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00. Piano rental is $y.oo per semester. Organ rental (entitling the student to use the organ per semester. I hour per day) is $20.00 EAR TRAINING. I. r Cr. A course including the basic fundamentals of music: notation, terminology, scales, intervals, triads, rhythm, and melody. Special attention is given to sight singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and harmonic dictation. I. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. II. 2 Cr. The evolution of ,music from its earliest forms up to the present t e e . The lives of rhe composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature of music, iboth instrumental and choral, is stressed. 2. I, TI. 4 Cr. 3-4. HARMONY. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $ormation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. HARMONY. Prereq. 3-4. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5-6. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course 3-4, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Students should have some knowledge of piano. APPRECUTIONOF MUSIC. I, 11. 4 Cr. A course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's greatest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For students with or wifhout a musical background. 7-8. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. z Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian 10. Church, with special attention to Protestant Hymnody. Designed for the general student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and preseminarians. The course is accepted as fuldling rhe requirement of a course in Christianity. Senior Colkge Colcrses 51-52. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 53-54. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class in~tructionin the fundamentals of voice -as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school 'music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 55-56. C ~ N D U CPrereq. ~ G . I, 3-4. I, II. 4 Cr. A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or 'both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. 57. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. I, 3-4. I. 2 Cr. A detailed study of rhe s t r u c m e and form of ,music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 58. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 3-4, 5. 11. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 59. ORCHESTRATION. Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57. I. A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber groups. 2 Cr. 60. COMPOSITION.Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57, 5 8. 11. r Cr. Composing choral and instrumental music in the various musical forms. Students admitted only upon recommendation of the department. 87. TEACHWG OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 88. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. OfIered as Education 87, 88. JI. = 2 Cr. 2 Cr. CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, 11. 2 Cr. These organizations exist not only #or the benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes t o participate in groups affording the opportunity for musical expression. PIANO. I, 11. 2 Cr. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modern, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One shirty-minute lesson per week. ORGAN.I, 11. 2 Cr. Instruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE.I, 11. I or 2 Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. Division of the Social Sciences MR. QUANBECK,Cbairmun It is the general purpose of rhe work in this division to improve the studends understanding of human relationships and ,his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in .their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and t o improve the individual's adaptation to Department of History MR. KJLDAHL, MR. KLEVEN, MR. J. E. HANSON The Department of History aims to awaken in the student an intelligent interest in social phenomena, a clear conception of the basic factors in historical development, a critical evaluation of social and political movements, and a sympathetic attitude toward the human elements involved. Furthermore, this department trains the student in the application of social and historical principles to practical life situations. Finally, it affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; 'minor, 21 credits. For teaching, the major and minor must include History 21 and 22. SURVEYOF EUROPEANCNILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up t o the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1-2. This economic as well as the political factors in the development of American ideas and institutions. Prerequisite, six credits in social science. 22. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES(since 1 8 6 5 ) . So. 11. the American people, on their ~oliticalinterests and party organizations, on their cultural development, and on the relations with rhe rest of ,the world. Senior College Colcrses AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 51. THERENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, ~olitical,cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval .to modern civilization and culture. 52. HISTORY OF ENGLAND UP TO 1776.Prereq. 1-2. Jr. factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. 11. THE SOCIJU SCIENCES HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN A survey course with emphasis upon colonial administration, the age of revolution, and the twentieth century. EUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.' 54. EASTERN The history of eastern Europe with emphasis on the development of Russia. HSTORY OF THE UN-ITEDSTATES.Prereq. History 2 I and 55. CON~WPORARY 2 2 . Jr., Sr. 1 . A history of the United States from the Spanish-American War to the present, including considerztior of domestic and international policies, and cultural and economic development. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. Prereq. U. S. Hist. or Am. Gov. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. 61, 62. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Political and military history is subordinated to the study of the cultural aspects of ancient civilization. The student is introduced to the pmblems and methods of the several fields of archmlogical investigation. 71-72. NINETEENTHCENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. A study of international relations as dected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War II. I War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation. I Department of Political Science MR. KLEVEN Minor, 15 credits. I, II. 41-42. PRINCIPLESOF AMERICANGOVERNMENT. Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federal, state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular control of government, political parties, governmental functions. Senior Colkge Cmrses PARTIES OF THE UNITEDSTATES. Prereq. Political Science 41-42; 53. POLITICAL or, United States History. Jr., Sr. I. A review af American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. OF POLI~CAL THEORY. Prereq. Political Science 41-42; or, United 54. HISTORY 56. AMERICAN DIPLOMATICHISTORY. 'I. See course 56 under History. 86. TEACHING OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 3 Cr. I % Cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41 -42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have rhe further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 semester credits including Sociology I. (Supporting hours in other social studies subjects t o be approved by rhe Sociology Deparment). Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed in History Department. Sociology minor, 15 semester credits including Sociology I. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of sociology, economics, and political science. History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. I. IN. SOCIOLOGY. A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. PRINCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change. 3 Cr. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11. 2. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems together with an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of these processes and adjustment problems. I. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. A smdy of geographical factors influencing social institutions. 16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.*n. 3 Cr. See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 I. INTERCULTURAL RELATIONSAND MINORITYPROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. I. So. I. 3 Cr. Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes and consequences cif race and group prejudice, mechanism and pmblems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. 22. SOCIOL~GY OF RURAI.LIFE Prereq. Soc. I. SO. TI. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis is placed on the dynamics of change. 14. Senior CoLLege Cotwses Prereq. Psy. I, 2 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 I . SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, ,the development of ,personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social conflicts, and social control. 3 Cr. 53. THE FAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr. Sr. I. A study of the ,history and function of the family as a basic institution, the influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization, and disorganization. OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 54. SOCIOLOGY Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. WELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I, Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 55. CHILD A study of rhe factors in our civilization which affect the physical, mental, and spiritual development of children. Topics stressed are changing concepts of prablems, laws pertaining to children, private and public agencies dealing with children. 56. ,LABORAND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.TI. 3 Cr. See Course 56 in Department of Business Administratio~. . Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. $ 8 . CRIME AND S o c ~ n Prereq. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. TO SOCIALWorn. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 59. INTRODUCTION An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 86. TEACHWGOF SOCIALS ~ D E S Sr. . I. I % Cr. *Not offered in 1950-1951. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Department of Psychology and Education MR. QUANBECK, MR. URDM-IL, MISS MORTENSEN, MR. TORSTENSON, MR. BERTNESS The work in general psychology is planned for all students and intended to improve their understanding of human nature. The courses i n education are intended primarily f o t those preparing to do high school teaching. Attention is given to problems of the learner, to philosophy of education, uld to methods and materials of instruction. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate f o r further study in the field of education. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required t o have four semester hours in general psychology. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by a committee on teacher education. Application must be made during rhe sophomore year or, at rhe latest, early in the first semester of the junior year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality ratings, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major and 1.0 ratio for the overall average. ORIENTATION ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. I. I Cr. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and preparation, and development of personality. I. PSYCHOLOGY _ IN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. z Cr. An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. SO. I. z Cr. An introductory study of human behavior and its basic physiological mechanisms in the nervous system, followed by a psychological interpretation of emotion, motivation, habit, attention, perception, memory, imagination, thought, and intelligence. I. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. SO. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the roots and formative factors in developing personality, the more common conflicts and maladjustments, and principles of mental hygiene. Special attention to individual interests in applied and personal psychology. 2. I w I THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Senior College Cowrses SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. See Course 5 I in Sociology. 5 I. their name, caases, prevention, and present treatment. EDUCATION 23. LABORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY.m e r e d both semesters. tianiry 6, 57, and 5 8 ; Physical Education 6 . I I, r 3, 14,and 5 2 ; %&hgy Z, 5 I , and 59; and Home Economics 36. The n a m e of the experience will vary with the course with which it is m c i a t e d , md may include such activities as reaching, sapervising recreation, and advising clubs. Tbe cooperation of the agmcia involved is necessary, wish reporcs from cbe supervisor and the studenc to the reacher of the course with which rhe work is connected. g5 , Senior Colkge Cmses pects of the psychology of adolescence with its application to education. TEACHING m- HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. g ~ Jr. . 11. Teaching procedures and class man2gement. Includes a study of the secondary school in relation to r h e nsds of pouth. 73. I 55. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11. The guidance function of the classroom teacher. The home room and extracurricular activities as instruments for guidance. AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 58. HISTORY The course traces the development of modem education with special reference to the underlying philosophy. Special Teacbing Metbods The special methods courses include the srudy of the materials, organization, and teading pmedtues of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of =aching u e made in h e specific field. Usually, each student is required to t&e two of c b a coum:s to prepare for student teaching. Thii means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education 53. In special situations, a student may be permitted to register for more than these courses. I 54 hours of credit in certain of TEACHINGOF LAT~N.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. I % Cr. TEACHING OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. I Cr. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. 154 Cr. TEACHINGOF NATUAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. I 54-3 Cr. TEACHINGOF COMMERCE.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. 2 Cr. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. 11. z Cr. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. TEACHINGOF HEALTHAND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. 95. TEACHINGOF SPEECH.Sr. I. I % Cr. 96. OBSERVATION AND STUDENTTEACHING. Prereq. Educ. 51, 5 3 . Sr. I. 4 to 5 Cr. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 70. 72. 74. The following courses prepare the student to meet zhe state requirements for endorsement for the position of part-time librarian. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a small school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. C N I L D ~ -LITERATVRE. 'S Jr., Sr. I. r Cr. A coarse in evaluating historic and modern types of literature for children in relation w their developing castes and needs and with regard to the educational responsibilities of parents, teachers, librarians, and guidance workers. Open to sophomores by arrangement. 5 I. ADOLESCENT LITERATURE. Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A continuation of Course $1. It includes a study of the construction and content of representative junior and senior high school reading programs. Course 5 I recommended but not required as a prerequisite. 52. 6 Cr. L~RAKYCOURSE FOR T~CHFX-LIBRARL+.UP Jr., Sr. 1, 11. The basic subjects of I i b r ~ r yscience: ~Iassjfrcation.caralo3ing, reference books, g j , 14. library adrninisrrarion. and h l r selection for school libraries. Lectures, class Iabcntor). work, rssigned duties in the library, and occasional visits ro school libraries. Each student does 30 hours of practice work in rhe college library during the second semester. * Not offered in 195G1951. Department of Business Admidstration and Economics and Secretarial Studies The objeclive of this depxment is ro help students g& a broad knowledge and sound perspective of busin- m d o w ecanomic society. Such knowledge and pspcccive is nefessaq for success in speczc positioab in oar complex business vorld arrd &odd provide the background to facilitate adpnncement, with experience, to p i c i o n s of responsibility. A degree with a W i n m s major is a common reqajsemmt of b i n c s s firms and government agencies. Thc department gives a general background in economics; rogether with secretarid studies, ir provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepam for graduate work in business and economics. Major, 36 credits; courses required are 1-2, 4, 15-16, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56, 59, 62. Also required are Speech I I and History 2 1 and 22. Minor, 21 credits; courses required are 1-2,4, 15-16and six credits in Senior College courses. PR~~CIPLES OF A C C O ~ Fr. G I, . TI. 6 Cr. An inzmduction to the ptinciph of accounting and their application to the 1-2. single proprietorship, parmenhip, and corporate f o m of business; preparation and analysis of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording tmsiness transactions; and nn introduction to rnanufacmring and cast acwunchg. h o n u c n o u TO S~~mncs. Fr., So. II. A smdy of rlrc colledoa, presenration, anal&, 3 Gand interpreration of smtistical data. It inclndes a s d y of the measares of central tendency, time. series, tabaIation, graphic representation, and rbe application of these statistical techniques to various types of data. 4. 6 Cr. honvcno~ TO ECONOMICS. SO., Jr,, Sr. I, TI. A t d y of the social arganization of our ewmmy, the pIace of money, value, and prices, the diseriha'on of wenlth, dternative economic systems, and cansumer problems. The objective is to help the student appreciare the eomplaities of our economy, the ecunoraic problems o f our times, and h place in the sygtem. T h i s course is for non-businm maiors taking no other manes in economics and business ur o d p a limited number. G u m 7 may be t a k a alone, or 7. 8 together. T h i s unuse d m not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for advanced busines md economic^ courses. A snrdent may not receive credit in both 7, 8 and rj-16. 7, 8 . ~ P U OF % S FXONDWCP.SO. 1, II* 6 Ct A smdy of &E social orgmization af our economy, fiscal and mmetnry policies, uahe, prices, the distribahn of wealth, md alternative m d c syst e m s . T h e objecri~eis ro Help rhe student to d d o p the abitity ta d y z e e w n m " c h e s ns &ey arise in bis p c r d and vocationa1 a c t i V i t i ~ smd in pubIic life. This course ie far Bmines majors and is designed to be a background for pmfessbnal buskm study and practice, A student may not receivt credit in both 7, 8 and rr-16. IS - T ~ . ~ Senior College Courses .. m m u m a h p r & d d p in regard m con-, sakk, and aagaisbÂ£e hmcaln. ~ n i m i s m p w ~ w d l e I ~ i a s r w d pro'- cedures important in business. j Cr. G . P-, 1-2, 4, XI-16. Jrr Sr. L A ~ a f t b s ~ m l * h a a d ~ o f inaUrournwtlP*, r ~ f inchding mnrk&ng ftmcdm nnd wmeio* pn inv#cig5tiom af *-d- ST. i n g ~ ~ u e s i n t h e ~ e t i n g ~ o f ~ a n d p n a n m ; n a t ; o n o f ~ is fo of &&tg qtipim aw -p. The: d imp* g i P e t h t s t r a d m t a u a a P l ~ ~ f w ~ ~ i I ~ t i ~ d P I s government legislation. 5 6. L ~ O AND R ~ A G E M E N TRELATIONS.Prereq. 7 or I 5-16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 cr. Aatnd70f mpengemept,of U , a f ddrrtktkmLpndaf d d r d b y : ~ i d v k h l l p d Thcobjectiveiarnpictmetbt k ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ d t h e g e g p o u ~ i n o u r e c u n m y P n d t 9 i n ~ t of a&iedng h p pad &etEirenes of the whole tho& educatbm otrd government control. Atwmuzu A c ~ ~ ~Prereq. w G r-2, 4, rg-r3. &. L 3 cr. p u q e of tbis c o w is tn prapide s a a l y a ewmtitig PPebniqtlw wh;cb d lmnble the d m t ar inrcrprer -id .dam, and to %mint rhe d t with wt accmmtbg principleb aud paaotmtter. P-tb a d +Pntysia of h d d sazcmmts, comparative s t a m - aad statements s b w b g the -tian aP workbag upid: a d prweedhgs in $b-oder d &d cast59. The ing are stressed. P&a m bmnax~. Fsereq. r-a, 4, IS-xb, r9. Jr-, St II. 3 Ct. ~stud~afthehcvnrious~4f~Pies~~ia~Coasidera .dam~~iponindhfnMmandcxternnl~ktth~~chptT~ee &tingtktcpdcesd=cutiriek T n & d e d b r ~ 3 t f i t ~ ~ e s d g m & gopen&# tbe d* of &andint S C a ~ O nnd -tin& data of w w h & have b â¬ o m & d as jnvesrment *&aa 62. ~ T O P B ForSdot.binBukmodF.Sr.T,II. ~ S . 6 Cr. Aze6mobbnainesspacdoed~inour~,ph&gattt tae a p p b t i e s fm idvidtd d i a v a r , f a b y an &gkd m*&b y d - m d e n z in wbieh he pn h + & m af of om. Tbc gro+ m y fs 7% + be in-anyk i m s Md; for a m p k acmmrin& market research, economic analysis. mvwumanr, felfing, These courses aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of commercial education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. A major may be obtained in commercial education by completing a minimum of 36 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 5 I, 52. 53-54,Business Administration 1-2, 7, 8, 53, and one other Senior College Course, and Education 82. A minor may be obtained by completing a minimum of 24 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 51, 52, 53-54,Business Administration 1-2 or 7, 8, and Education 82. I,2. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITZNG. I, 11. 4 Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Five hours per week. 3-4. ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, IL. 4 Cr. Training in the fundamentals of Gregg shorthand. Practice in simple dictation. Four hours per week. 6. OFFICE TRAINING. Brereq. I, 2, 3-4. 11. 2 Cr. Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the mimeograph and other types of duplicators. Instruction in fling and the keeping of simple office records. Two hours per week. Senior Colkge Cmrses ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. I, 11. 5 I, 5 2. 4 Cr. Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the ,typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to students having attained a speed of 35 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 3-54. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of ,the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to studenu who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe a t a high degree of accuracy. Four hours per week. 82. TEACHING OF COMMERCE.Sr. I. 1% Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Non-teaching major, 33 credits plus one course from the Senior College Courses. Required courses are I,2, 3, 7, 41,42, 44, 52, 57, 66, 68, 71,72. Graduation minor, I 8 credits including courses I,3, 7, 41,and 42 or 44 or 7 I. Teaching major, 39 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 76. Also required are Chemistry I or 5-6, Physics z, Economics 7, Sociology I, and Biology z and 54. Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or Physical Education. Consult a member of the home economics faculty for course plans. CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I. I. A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty i n design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics suitable f o r difleren.t uses are topics considered. 11. CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. z. z Cr. Thii course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3cr 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as i t is met in the activities of everyday living. Open t o all students. ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION. I. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 7. EXPERIENCEM GROUPA c m n . 23. LABORATORY See course 23 under Education. I Cr. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, 33. and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS.I. 2 Cr. Lzboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. Prereq. 7 or per41. PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATIONAND MANAGEMENT. 3 Cr. mission of instructor. I. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 42. THEHOME.TI. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living t o everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. I C THE SOCIALSCIENCES 83 Senior Colkge Courses ~ N ~ - n A E MANAGEMENT. ~ Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr. 52. h ~ m FOOD C&~timuatiDn of 4 began in Economics 41 with emphasis on time and w t . T h e aoabk laboratory periods a week. 57. TEXTILES. I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and G i h e s with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. II. 2 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. ffw W C AXD FI ~ B X I S R ~ GII. . 3 crinch& a comithtiun d housing, pn a d + of f b r +, a study of the d e b of meriors'and hte&rs, and pmblw m sefEGtina amu&n$. and om bane ~ ~ g Hame s . 3 preteqate for harm! E b c s E d u e a h mrrpra. 9 h c doubIe Wwawrp periods per 66. Th mme ~~ w ~ k 68. HOMENURSING. 11. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating t o environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT LECTURES.I. 2 Cr. C o n b i k t h n of proMmm relating to planning, directing, guiding, and com&natbg Ebe regotrrces of the home for happy, satisfying family living. Two lectote prim3 per we& 72. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. 2 Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Given in summer. Cost to be determined by the group. 73. CONSUMEREDUCATION AND INCOME MANAGEMENT.I. 3 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will 'be w n sidered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 76. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. This course provides lzboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also given. Two 3-hour laboratory hours per week. OF HOME ECONOMICS.Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics 91. TEACHMG and Education 53. Sr. I. z Cr. . Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics It is the purpose of tbe division of hratural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; ro interprer N z m r d Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student w i d f h e significance of Natural Science in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific 'background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology MR. NASH,MR. URDAHL, MR. MJLLER,MISS HOLMAN ' The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, t o further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses I and 2 satisfy the one-year requirement in Natural Science, but do not count toward a major in Biology or in Natural Science. GENERALBIOLOGY.Fr. I. 4 Cr. A smdy of biological principles. A survq- is made of the animal and plant kingdom with emphasis on morp~oIogp,physiology, adapration, and heredity 2s applied to type organisms. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. I. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. II. 4 Cr. A short course dealing with the anatomy, physiology, causes of disease, and maladjustment, hygiene, and heredity of man. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 2. z N. ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and p;hysiology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. ~ i I, . a. 8 Cr. survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and production of type animals. Biological principles re emphasized. Two lectures and rwo double laboratory periods per week. 3-4. GENERALZOOLOGY. 5-6. GEXERAL BOTANY.SO. Jr. 1, E. 8 Cr. This is a study of the morphoIogy and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe p l a t kingdom. Emphsis is also placed on ,botanical principles. Flowering planu are identified in rbc spring. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Senior College Courses 4 Cr. GENETICS.'Prereq. I and 2 , 3-4, or 5-6. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is 5 I. placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 Cr. ECOLOGY.*Prereq. 3-4 or 5-6. So., Jr. 11. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general prin- 5 2. ciples of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory period or field trip per week. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 3-4. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 53. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II. 4 Cr. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prereq. Chem. I . I. 4 Cr. 54 N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.'Prereq. 5-6. Sr. I. Taxonomy of flowering ~ l a n t s .Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of class%cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 5 5. 59. BIOLOGIC~~L LITERATURE. Jr., Sr. I. I Cr. A review of recent biological literature. One class conference per week. Open to students who major in Biology. TECHNIQUES. Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 60. BIOLOGICAL Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. OF NATURALSCLENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. 80. TEACHING The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences MR. REMENESKI, MR. BOARDMAN, MR. ALDRE, MR LINDQUIST, MR. ROTH The courses o6ered provide fundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach. Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary schools. Tbe courses in Chemistry will prepare * Not offered in 1950-1951. him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied Mathematics. CHEMISTRY Major in Chemistry, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. I. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course involving the study of the laws of Chemistry, metals, non-metals, and organic compounds. N. CHEMISTRYFOR NURSES. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. I CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. 5-6. GENERALINORGANIC A study of laws and theories of Chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Senior College Courses 4 Cr. 51. QUALITATWEANALYSIS.Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. Laboratory work in macro and semi-micro qualitative analysis. Lectures; theories of solution and ionization, ionic equilibria, precipitation, dissolution of precipitates. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 5 Cr. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric Introductory course in and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours of laboratory per week. 52. 8-10 Cr. 53-54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.* Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 51 and 52, and Physics 5 Cr. 5 and 6. Sr. 11. An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 55. PHYSICS PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light and electricity. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 2. So. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-,hour laboratory period per week. 2. * Not offered in 1950-1951. THE NATURALSCIENCES 87 . GENERALP H Y ~ P -,. P k y d 5. So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continnstion of Gn. Plxp. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Tlrrw Iectnxep. one qnia, a d one two-hour laboratory period per week. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Gen. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or con4 Cr. current registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 5 I. 52. LIGHT. Prereq. Gen. Phys. 5 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. II. 4 Cr. A n advanced course in the study of geometrical and physical optics. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 80. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Tcaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either I I and 5z or 53-54;Biology 3-4 and 5-6;Physics 5 and 6. D-ent of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them eficient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 27 credits; minor, zo credits. Courses A, B, 5, and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. 4 Cr. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. Fundamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. A. B. S a m GEOMBTBY.Pareg. Plane &&way. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. Axes and volume formulas developed. Gatmm &ie.d to dids and Spherical trbgIes a d &pm introduced. I. COLLEGEA L G Bfmq, ~ A. Fr. I. 4 Cr. omof Algebra. Study in radicals, quadraReview of the -f -ts, theory of equations, permutations, tics, the binomial &acombinations, ~ r o b a b i l i t ~complex , members, series, and partial fractions. TRIGONOMETRY. Prereq. A. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. The right and oblique triangle. Formulas containing the trigonometric functions developed and applications made. Logarithms and De Moivre's Theorem. 2. 4 Cr. ANALYTICGEOMETRY. Prereq. I and 2. Soph. I. 'I'he straight line, conics, and higher plane curves are studied analytically. Their equations are developed using rectangular and p l a r coordinate axes. 3. 4 Cr. DIPFERENTIAL CALCULUS. Prereq. B and 3. So. IJ. Concepts of constants, variables, limits, and inhitesimals are introduced. The derivative is d e h e d and its application made. 4. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. Math. B. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 ,do not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. 5. 6. ENGINEERINGDRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY. Prereq. 5 and Math. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. B. 11. Senior Colkge Cwrses 51. INTEGRAL CALCULUS. ,Prereq. 4. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Integration by inspection and by use of formulas developed in class. Applications to insure mastery and to give full view of the field. DIPFERENTIAZ. EQUATIONS. Prereq. 5 I. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. DSerential equations defined and formed. Solutions found for various )vpes, such as: first order, &st and higher degree, linear equation with constant or variable coeficients. Singular solutions and Clairant's equations. 5 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 3. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 84. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. I Cr. Dqartment of Health and Physical Education MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MRS. KIEFER, MR. FOSLIEN The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship through the intramural and intercollegiate sports program, ,to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. A course in personal hygiene is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. Two years of physical activities, courses 3a, gb and 4a, qb, are required of all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or minor. ad Mino* Requirements: Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, 4b. 5, 6, 11, 12, 27, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58, 62, 84. Major for women, 30 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84. Minor, 21 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 11, 12, 51, 53, 62, and 94 for men; 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, 62, and 94 for women. Biology I, 2; Psychology I, 2; and Education 5 I, 53, 55, 58, and 96 should be included for a teaching major in physical education. Major 2. HYGIENE. Required of all freshmen. Fr. I or 11. Personal and community hygiene. 3a, 3b. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr. I, 11. 2 Cr. I Cr. I G. qa, 4b. PHYSIC~L A C T I V I ~ S(Men). . Fr. I, 11. Touch football, soccer, speedball, volley ball, table tennis, handball, basketball, tumbling, apparatus, badminton, softball, and horseshoe. 3a, ~ b . PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, II. I Cr. I Cr. qa, 4b. PHYSIC= A C T I V I ~ S(Women). . Fr. I, 11. Posture and correction, basketball, field hockey, softball, volleyball, stunts and tumbling, and selected recreational sports. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E ~ R E A ~ OFr. N .I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school system. 5. RECREATIOXAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. 11. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet game, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modzed gama. 6. I I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of rechnique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speed- ball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, sof~ball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf. 12. SO. I, 11. 4 Cr. 13, 14. T m SPORTSFC)R WOMEN. Theory and practice in the m & g and officiating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 17. SELF-TESTINGACTIVITIES. (Women). So. I. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. 27. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology I, 2. So. I. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. 29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I. basketball, baseball, and track. Senior ColZege Courses PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. Biol. I, 2 , and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. I. 5 I. SELF-TESTING Theory and practice in teaching, individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. 52. FUNDAMENTAL MOVEMENTS.Jr. II. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women. 5 0. ims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. COACHINGOF SPORTS:BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. 11. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. Sr. I. 55. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 58. FIRSTAm. Jr. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. 62. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH AND QHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. 54. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. 11. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. 85. COMMUNITY RECREATION. Jr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational 84. Augsburg Theological Seminary Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It ogers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both rhmretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated t o the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. GENE= REQUIREMENTS Aclmkion The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal a r s college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek German, or Latin, or Norwegian Philosophy 2 years t years year I In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. In order that students mag derive the greamt pssible advancage from their theological studies, it Is recornmendud that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling rrquiremenw as to a major and z minor, in addition to the subjects indicated aborc, include as many as possible of the foIIowine: English Speech Psychology History Natural Science Sociology, or Economics Typewriting 2 I I 2 I I I years year year years year year year All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a goo academic record in their preparatory studies in college. Applications for Admission Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: I. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, spiritual experience, and doctrinal convictions. ' 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents must be i n the hands of the Secretary of the Seminaq Faculty before July &st. The Committee on Admissions consists of t h e Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first. year of study is always considered a probationary year. Transfer of Gedits and Advanced Standing Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their srudies are to be pursued under doe dircztion of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangemenr ro rake 2 p2rr of rhe the&gical course a t another serninzry must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty a t Augsburg. Advanced standing is giantPd in certain instances, as when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher theological seminaries of recognized standing. Seminary srudears pap no tuition. They do, however, pay t h e regular student activity fee and a genergl Seminuy fee of tm dollnrs per semester. Seminary students living in the dormitory rece;vc a special grant to cover the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See page 20. Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of Icct-ures m d study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are gaduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits; including a seminar course in each of rhe following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.1 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of ~racticalChristian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,ooo wvrds in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject mast be submitted for faculry approval before November I and the thesis must be completed by May I of t h e Senior year. 6. A comprphensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Tesmment, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the thud week of Much. Written and oral examination sermons. Students w b complete &e required number of credits for graduation witb an Honor pint ratio of 1.0 (C average) uld the six m o n t h of practical ~ r vice, bur who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admibn, or who have not attained ul honor point ratio of 1.5 in their strrdies, are gtadmted with the degree of Graduate in Theologp. Practical Christian Service of Aeol~gicdstady kt t h e Seminuq a c h stuIn addition w the three dent i requimd to spend six m n t h in prrctieal Chrigtian s f i c e , as appoinred urd supervised by ,the Commitre on Service. This work i doae dduriag the summer vacarions between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary come. T h e Seminary studenrs are also encau~gedto engage in a Iimited amount of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Practical Service. COURSES O F STUDY Theological Orientation Cmses Jumior Year THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief I. source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of ,the hiitarical origin of the Biblical writings. 2 Cr. 3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from the great classics of Christian devotion are studied. I Cr. 4. THEOLOGICAL P R O P A ~ ~A Csurvey . of the main divisions of Christian Theology; their subdivbiom; heir relation to the entire field of Theology and to the whole realm of h w m ~howledge. I Cr. 5 . INTRODUCTTONTO DOGMATICS.A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of I Cr. Luther. THE THREE-YEAR CYCLE OF COURSES Old Testament 10. SURVEY,OF OLD TESTAMENTLITERATURE.A general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament 2 Cr. Canon and text. AND ~ ~ E T H O D S . A study of selected problems of history and 11. PROBLEMS interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with 2 Cr. an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism. 12. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the 3 Cr. books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. 13. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the his3 Cr. torical books are studied. 14. THEPROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. 3 Cr. I 7. THEPROPELETJEREMIAH. Alternates with 16. A study of the political, mord, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's persnnal character, his Messianic hope, and to h i portrayal of the 2 Cr. struggle for spiritual freedom. 16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL. Alternates with 15. A study of the Babylonian 2 Cr. Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God. 17. PSALMS. The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of 3 Cr. Psalms. 18. THEB ~ OFK JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems in l i e . 2 Cr. 19. PO~T-EXIIJC LITERATURE. Alternates with 18. A m r s e in the literature, history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile periods from Ezekiel to the New Testament times. 2 Cr. New Testament MR.HELLAND 20. SURVEY OP NEW T E S T ~ E N LITERATURE. T A n historicd in~rsigation of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the hrcw Testament. History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special, artention to chose baoks not treated in other courses. 3 Cc. 21. T ~ T U ACRITICISM L or THE NET TESTAMENT.An introduction t o *he principles of texrnal cririckm. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by studies in specific seiecrions from the New Testament books. I Cr. 22. EXEGESIS OF GALATIANS. The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to 3 Cr. the basic problems of the authenticity of the New Testament records. 23. X N ~ R E T A T I O K OF hriARfi AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry of Jesus based on Mark as our oldssr murce, with suppicmentary passages horn Lvke. The origin and grow& of rhe Synopdc tradition; the literary relation of &e h t three Gaspels, an anernpt to hnd a satisfactorg solurion of the Synoptic Problem, 3 Cr. 24. INTERPRETATION OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and uansmission. The rela~onof Matthew's !&pel w ,the Old Testament, aad irs presentation of Jesus' person, ministry, hand wching to the Jewish mind. 3 Cs. 2 5 . INTERPKETATION OF JOHN. A stlppIementary srudy af the life of Christ, with special reference to the dcvelopmenr of faith and unbelief, the Person of 3 Cr. &st, and the advanced spiritual teachkgs of rhe Fourth Gospel. 26. T H E JEWISH SECTION OF THE EARL\- C I * P . I S ~CIIURC~~. A study of Acts, Chapters r-12, showing the development of the Early Church on Pdestiniul soil. This will be followed by a m d y of the Epifcle to he Hebrews and tbe Epistle of James as literature wrirtcn especiaUy for Jewish Chxisrians. Several paprs are required. j Cr. 27. THE L n d AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acrs, Chspters 13-28, as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in their historical sequence, as a part of his minisrry. Several papers are required. 3 Cr. 2 8 . I~~ERPETATIQN OF ROMANS.T h e purpose of the course is to gain a compteh&ve view of tbe Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the fundamental Christian doct-trinal system set forth in this Epistle. 2 Cr. OF ~ H E I ~ L A X S . In the smdy o f Ephesians special em29. 'I~RPRETATIOX phasis is laid upon the place o f the universal Christian Church as rhe Body of Christ and t b e spiritual goal of history. Alrernates wicb 30. 2 Cr. 30. T m Fmsr EPISTLEOF PETER.The Epish of the Chr;stim hope. It contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of Cluiir, the nevr b i d , redempion by the brood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a difEerent approach to &we cardinal truths. Altcrnat- wirh 29. 2 Cr, 31. INTERPRETATION OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literas Cr. ture. Church ,History 40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. Tlte H i s ~ t of y the G k c i a n t%u& &om tbF Apostolic Age to the time of G ~ s r tghe h a t {jao). 7 % ofgad%& ~ btrine, government, and worship of zhe E d y C h d ; tbe M d S of h m b ism in the Roman Empire, and tbe dea d rha hpq- 7 h wms~ % t g h dtb a brief survey of the Book of Acts. 4 Cr. 42. TEIB mmr of Chri#id&y OF TI-IB MIDDLEA.GES. A general survey of the develop- ia Wetern Europe from ggo to the period of the Protes- tant & d o u n a t h ~The w m includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. 3 Cr. 43. THEREFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman Catholic Counter-Reformation. 3 Cr. This course covers the period 44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFO~MATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, wirh special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. 41. AMERICAN CHURCH HISTORY. Early c&&+tioo; d *; church government, religious life and worship; -tion of c h d md 8tnk; revivals; denominationalism. The history of fhe Lwbe~pnC b d im -ka is studied with special care. t C=r. OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development 46. THE HISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. 2 Cr. Systematic Theology A course intended to introduce the student to the field 10. INTRODUCTTON. of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of 2 Cr. the entire field. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A study in the systematic exposition 11. THEOLOGY of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers o n special topics. 3 Cr. 12-53. ~ O L O G Y . The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of ,the true communion ,between God and man. The Person of Christ and His work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relation to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church. 4 Cr. A study of the religious and ethical implications 54-15. C W ~ NEMU. of the Christian experience. Special attention k give& to the development and iadividd pr&d inapplication of Christian ethics with reference stiturions, and miety as a whole. 4 cr. I , m>:teee F-' 56. S ~ B O L I C SA . careful study of r h e B w k of Concord, containing the creeds subscribed .to by the Lutheran Church. The gene& of each creed, its doctrinal signikance, and its place in thc present life of the Church. I Cr. AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study 57. COMPARATIVE. SYMBOLICS of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teachings of various modem religious sects and cults. 2 G. 58. THE PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations of .&story, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied with reference t o antagonistic theories. 2 Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY. ThiS course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr. tions of the pastoral oace and the New Testament ministry. 61. PASTORAL PSYCHOLOGYAND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in the light of the teachings of the great spiritual leaders of the Church. The 2 Cr. relation of psychiatry to soul-care. 62. EVANGELISTICS. A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions, including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue missions, street meetings, special missions, etc. 2 Cr. B. Hmiletics 65. PRINCIPLESr n ~ PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychological 2 Cr. elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 66. H o ~ m n c s .The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and prrsracazion of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preplration 2 Cr. and constant praccice in delivery. Middlers. 98 AUGSBURG THEOLOGIC~Z. SEMINARY 67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers are studied. Seniors. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worshp, amd Parish Work 70. Cnua- P o L ~ ~ YA. course dealing with tbe Biblical theory of the congregation; ofiicers, organization, and governmenr in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a frec church. I asd ll Corinthians are studied os the best wurce. 2 Cr. 71. CHURCHADMINIS~ATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing eficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of I Cr. Christian stewardship. 72. PASTORAL PROBLEMS.A series of Iecrure~and discussions dealing with pracrical problems in rhe p r o f s work in the parish and the locd comnuniry. The approach co the unchurched. Cungregational evangelism. Making the gccasionaI services effective. Problems of p ~ t o r derhics. r Cr. 73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on I Cr. its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. 74. H n t ~ o r o ~ uAn . hkisrorical survey of the best selccuoas of hymns from the early Chrisrian Church and the Church in Germany, Scmdinavia, England, r Cr. and Arncricz. Special artention is given to Lutheran hymacdy. D. Christian Education and Sociology 75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION. r Cr. 76. MEKHODS OF PARISH E ~ n u r o h . . Smdia in the application of basic principles and methods of educarLon to the subject matter used in catechetical instnrction, Sunday schmls, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the wbole parish. 2 Cr. 77. C R E n m RECREATIOK. A study of recreational activities, their place a.nd possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr. SOCIETY. A study of the relation between 78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task 2 Cr. of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement. 79. CHRIS'IUNITY AND SOCIALWORK. This course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits. 2 Cr. Student Register THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS 1949-1950 Third Year .............................................. .Minneapolis ................................................ .Minneapolis Haakenstad, Marius Quanbeck, Russell Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Everett, Wash. .Valga, S. Dak. Bergh, Oliver G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knutson, Alton T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul Velvo, N. Dak. Ovewold, Carl M. .............................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls Parbst, John N. Quanbeck, Philip A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sortland, Howard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,Fargo, N. Dak. Swenson, Jasper S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks Torgerson, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Bakken, Norman K. First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marinette, .. Wis. Bewig, Arthur L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Feig, Gilbert H. ................................................. .Minneapolis Kordahl, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nerge, Lowell ...................................................... .Madison Anderson, Robert W. ................................................. Northfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. Dak. Nystuen, Theodore Torgerson, Sheldon Viland, Melvin Special ................................................. Minneapolis Ozolins, Karlis 2 ................................................ .Minneapolis pearson, Vincent 1 ................................................. .Wyoming Soberg, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Edward 1 Registered for first semester only. 2 Registered for second semester only. STUDENTREGISTER COLLEGE STUDENTS 1949-1950 SENIORS ...... Alberg, Edward Tigerton, Wisconsin Amberson, Roger .......... .Minneapolis Amlund, Curtis .............Minneapolis Amschler, Adelle ........... .Cambridge Anderson, Ethel .Hanley Falls Anderson, Marion ......... .Minneapolis Anderson, Walter Ray ..... .Minneapolis Andress, James ................Walker Andrew, Vincent ......... .Minneapolis Anhalt, Elmer ............ .Minneapolis Ario, Frank .............. .Minneapolis A ~ H~~~~~ ~ ~ ............ , .underwood .......... Balerud, Andrew .......... .Minneapolis Bard, Charles ............. .Minneapolis Berntson, Gordon ...... .â¬dinburg, N. D. Blom, M. Donald .... .Calumet, Michigan Bodin, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Braun, Richard ........... .Minneapolis Bueide, Ann .................. Willmar Campbell, Eugene ............ .Luverne Carlsen, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Carlson, Robert .............Minneapolis Dahlen, Shirley ............... .Luverne Dale, Phebe .................. .St. Paul Dillon, Dovid ............. .Minneapolis Hedberg, Fred ............ .Minneapolis Holden, Raymond. ........Pittsfield, Mas. Holte, William ............ .Minneapolis Hone, Ernest .............. .Minneapolis Hoplin, Miriam .................. Lowry Hoversten, Garfield ...............Lynd Hoversten, Vincent ................Lynd Howells, Robert ........... .Minneapolis Hruska, John ............. .Minneapolis Huglen, Raynard ............Newfolden Jacobsen, Marion ......Racine, Wisconsin .Minneapolis Jacobson, Milton 1 Johnson, Esther ..............Minneota Johnson, Everette N. ....Rockford, Illinois Johnson, Harvey ............Minneapolis Johnson, Hilbert ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Lillian ........ Racine, Wisconsin Johnson, Mae .............Carpion N. D. Johnson, Oliver ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Wilbur ..... .Osnabrock, N. D. Jones, Richard ............ .Minneapolis ~ , , ~ t ~ dT~~~~~~ , ........... ,wanamingo ........ Kallevig, Lloyd ................ .Willmar Kleven, Sylvia ....... Blanchardville, Wia. Knutson, william .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ paul ~ ............ ~ ~ ~ ~ i l~ i ~~ Elmberg., Donald .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ l hi^ i ~ ............ , . ~ iN. ~D. ~ ~ , Elstad, Vernon ....... .Coos &Y, Oregon bndahl, Robert 1 ........ .Minneapolis Emberson. Curtis ..... .Argyle, Wisconsin Landvik, Elden ............ .Minneapolis Engelmm* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clarissa Lanes, Georgette .......... .Minneapolis Englundr .Pasadena, California ............... .St. PaulLarson, Bernice Ennen, Louis ............. .Minneapolis L ~ ~~~~l~~ ~ 1~ ......... ~ ~.sauk, kapids Erickson, Charlotte ......... Fergus Falls ............... Minneapolis Leak, Roger Erickson, Donald R. 1 ...... .Minneapolis Lideen, Cyrus ............. .Minneapolis Erickson, Harold .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ ~ ............... k ~ ~~ ~, t ~ h Erickson, Orville .......... .Minneapolis Lucas, Richard ............ .Minneapolis ............. .Minneapolis Fagerlie, Kenneth ......... . ~ Lundin, Lynn ~ ~ ~ ~ .... Farm, Delores ................ Guckeen Felix, Mavis 1 ......-......Minneapolis Felland, Elizabeth .... .Colfax, Wisconsin Forsell, Alfred ............Lake Bronson Foss, Arden .............. .Minneapolis Fredman, Merlyn ............... .Carlos raml ling, ~ o r o t h y ............. .Climax ......... .Thief River .......... , Harvey ........ .Lancaster, Green, Helen Falls Hagen, Robert 1 Registered for first semester only. 2 Registered for second semester only. Mateyko, Albert .......... .Minneapolis ~ i ~ h somuel ~ ~ . .l . . .~. . .~. ~ ~ ,i ~ ~ i ~ h~ ~ ~l F.~b1 ~. .~.~. . .,*. ~ i ~ ~ i ~ k ~ ~~ l bT.~~............ ~r t~ , . ~ i l Nelson, Nelson, Nelson, Nelson, ~ ~ ~ ~ Daniel ................. .Spier Euna ............... .Evansville Richard R. 1 ........... .Austin Robert P. ............ .Zumbrota ............ ~ .Minneapolis ~ ............... .Mclntah Gordon ....... .Manistique, Mich. ~ Nolan, Dolores ~ Nornes, ldelle Oberg, Olson, Donald B. .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Paul .................... .Tower ~ Parker, Mrs. Marilyn I . . . . . .Minneapolis Paulson, Robert ....... .Twin Falls, Idaho Pederson, Grant 1 . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Pegors, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, James . . . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Juliet ....... . . . . . . .Constance Peterson, LaVonne . . . ...... .Minneapolis Peterson, Wayne ..... ..... .Minneapolis Pohren, Robert E. . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Quanbeck, Dagny Quanbeck, Quentin . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis ............. .Bertha Radmacher, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Reitz, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Richards, Walter . . . .Oakland, California Robbins, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Robbins, William . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Roe, Marion .............. .Minneapolis Rvan. , . Robert . . . . . . . .Lacrosse, Wisconsin Sandberg, Bertil 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Schroeder, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Schumack, Lavern . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Shaw, Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sivertson, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Skonnord, Harriet . . . Valley City, N. D. Ahlness, Miriam ................. Milroy Anderson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Augustine, Douglas . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Aune, R. Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Baxter, Joan ............. .Minneapolis Becken, Betty ............. .Minneapolis Berg, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Bergeland, James .............. Dawson Berkland, Theodore . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Binder, Freda ....... Devils Lake, N. D. Blager, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Botko, Willard 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Botten, T. Joyce . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Brennan, William .......... .Minneapolis Bretheim, Doris ............ .Minneapolis Bringle, Marion ........ Estherville, Iowa Bruns, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Bue, Tilfred .............. .Minneapolis Bungum, Theodore ......... .Minneapolis Calderwood, Dave ......... .Minneapolis Capetz, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Carlson, Donald V. ....... New Brighton Carlyon, Thomas R. 2 ...... .Minneapolis Christopherson, James . .Valley City, N. D. Collin, Merida .................. .Morn Cote, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Smith, Russel ................Hendricks Snodgrass, Wesley . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Sorenson, Angeline. ........ .Minneapolis Strand, Herbert ................Bayport Stuempges, Neil Hinckley Thorson, L. Dwayne ... .Omaha, Nebraska Tollefson, Harold . . . . . .Osnabrock, N. D. Twiton, Dorothy ... .Sun Prairie, Wisconsin Vaagenes, Carl ........... .Minneapolis Vettel, Jean .............. .Minneapolis Vorland, Gehard .......... .Minneapolis Wagner, Raymond Wasgatt, David . . Wessman, LaVonne Wilberg, Marjorie Willeti, Jay ..... Wroge, Vernon 2 . . .Minneapolis ... .Waylato ...... Dossel .Taylors Falls . .Minnaapolis . . . . . . .Plat0 Yattaw, Edwin 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Yoshikawa, Edward . . . . . . .Minneapolis Men ............................ ,104 Women .......................... 35 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,139 Daniels, Earl ............. .Minneapolis Davis, Gerald .............. .Monticello DeBoer, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dick, Frederick ........... .Minneapolis Ditmanson. Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minnea~olis Dyck, Doris . . . . . . . . . ..Paramount, Calif. Ekblad, Leola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Emerson, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Engelstad, Stephen ....... .Astoria, S. D. Erickson, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Raymond . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Stanley .......... .Minneapolis Everson, Oliver .......... .Corsica, S. D. Ewert, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Felland, Orion ............ .Colfax, Wis. Flaa, Dolores ............. .Minneapolis Fladland, Donald .......... .Minneapolis Fraasch, Forrest 1 ......... .Montevideo Framstad, Clarence ......Williston, N. D. Garland, John . . . . . . . . . .Morinette, Wis. Greseth, Lyle ............ .West Concord Hall, Enoch .............. .Minneapolis Hallberg, Grant 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Wyoming Halling, Lloyd . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Halverson, William . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Halvorson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gully Hanson, Elmer ..... .Elk Mound, Wis. Hanson, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Hegge, Hjalmer 2 . . . . . . . .Williston, N. D. Hendrickson, Glen ...... .Seattle, Wash. Hengler, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hjelm, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Hofflander, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoifjeld, Clairold . . . . . . . . .Eureka, Calif. Hoium, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmquist, lvar . . . . . .Hyde Park, Mass. ... . Jergenson, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Johnson, Everet R. . . . . . . . . . Rockford, III. Johnson, Merlin . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis. Johnson, Quentin . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks Kleven, Luther . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Krenz, John .................. Faribault Kulterman, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Laffin, Glen . . . . . . . . . .... .Minneapolis Landvik, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Shirley ..... . . . . . . . . . .Braham Law, Albert . . . . . . . . ..... . .Minneapolis Lee, Harold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lee, Mavis . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Mora Lindberg, Alfred . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lowen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundh, Lorraine . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Maher, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Manlove, LeRoy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Martinson, Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Meier, Thorlough . . . . .Cumberland, Wis. Miller, Perry . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Moe, Marvel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boyd Mohn, Donald .... . . . . Enumclaw, Wash. Morseth, LaWayne . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Mosby, Carola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Earth Nelson, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nielsen, Jeannette . . . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville Norby, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck Norrbohm, Robert . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Norton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nystuen, Beverly. .Erickson, Manitoba, Can. Odencrans, Shirley ......... .Minneapolis Olfert, Richard 1 ......... .Frazer, Mont. Olson, Donold H. .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Everett D. .......... .Cottonwood Olson, Muriel ............ .Buxton, N. D. Olson, Walter ............ .Cadott, Wis. Olson, Williom ............ .Minneapolis Omdahl, lngierd .... .Stavanger, Norway Ott, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Oudal, Robert ...... .Orchard Park, N. Y. Parker, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Petersen, A. Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Herbert ........ Pomeroy, Iowa Pratt, Wallace ............ .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Rasmussen, James .......... .Minneapolis Romfo, Melvin ............ .Minneapolis Rosten, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood Quanbeck, Robert Sannerud, Alfred ........... .Hazel Run Schafer, Harold. .Wessington Springs, S. D. Schramek, Richard ......... .Minneapolis Schultz, Floyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watertown Severson, Leland .......... .Minneapolis Sevig, Palmer . . . . . . .Minot, North Dakota Sevold, Raymond .......... .Minneapolis Sheldon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Twin Valley Slarks, J. Don ............ .Minneapolis Sletta, Robert ............. Fergus Falls Smith, Robert G. .......... .Minneapolis Solberg, Arthur ........... .Minneapolis Solberg, Viola ............ .Minneapolis Sotnak, Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Luverne Staub, Erika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stenvig, Charles ........... .Minneapolis Storley, Calvin . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D. Svendsen, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Swenson, Carol. .Dawson Creek, B. C., Can. Thom, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Thompson, Jennings. . .Blanchordville, Wis. Thorsgard, Kathryn .....Northwood, N. D. Thorson, Donald .......... .Minneapolis Thorson, Marvin. . . . . . . . Menomonie, Wis. Toussaint, Stanley .............. .Milaca Triplett, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Tweed, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . .Tolna, N. D. Unruh, Pete ............ .Mountain Lake Unseth, Einar . . . . . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis. Vaagenes, Morris .......... .Minneapolis Waller, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Walther, Stephen .......... .Minneapolis Weinreis, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brookston Williams, Warren .......... .Minneapolis Winquist, Mawin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Woolson, Loren . . . . .St. Croix Falls, Wis. York, Beverly ........... .Brockton, Mass Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Alfsen, Thomas ............... Rochester Allar, Donald 1 ......... .St. Louis Park Anderson, Evgene .............Willmar Anderson, Fritz ............ .Minneapolis Anderson, John C. 2 ...... .Minneapolis Anderson, Kenneth ............Ellendale Anderson, Norman C. ........Ellendale Anderson, Victor . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Andros, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anenson, LeRoy ..... .Wallace, So. Dak. Aune, Wilfred ............. .Underwood Gilbertson, Glen .......... .Minneapolis Glans, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolir Green, Paul ................. .St. Paul Gryth, Beverly ................ Pembina Guderian, Ronald ......... .Minneapolis Gudim, Milo . . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Haas, Marvis .............. .Minneapolis Hage, Robert ............. .Minneapolis Hagen, E. James .......... .Minneapolis Hagert, David ............... .Starbuck Holler, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Bockie, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul HaIverson, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anoka kckstrom, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H~~~ Hans". Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ha"s0"n Allen D. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nisswa Bagley, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gatzke Boker, Phyllis ............... .Lakesville Han~on, Celia ................. .Aitkin H""son. Herbert . . . . . . . .Elk Mound, Bekken, Oliver ............ .Minneapolis A. ......... .Minneapolis h t James ~ Bennethum, ~ ~ . . .colUmbia ~ ~ ~ l ~ i d ~Hanson, Hanso", John A- . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Benson, Carl ................ .Clarkfield bnson, K~~~~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . ,clarkfield Hanson, Sheldon . . . . . Blanchardville, Wis. Benson, Stanley ............ .Minneapolis HadleY, Dale ............. .Minneapolis Benzel, Jerold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hedlund, Jack . . . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis. Bergstrom, Dean . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hird, Murray 2 ........... .Minneapolis Bergum, James . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnwpolis Hjelle, Orlette .............. Newfolden . . . . .~. . . .l. .Minneapolis Bodin, earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Howells, ~ ~Richard ~ ~ i ~ men, E. ~ ~ ....... l ~ ,se0ttle, i ~ , wash. Hume, Paul ............... .Minneapolis Bozony, Martha ........... .Minneapolis Hustoft, Theodore 1 . . . . .Astoria, Oregon Brodahl, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis B ~ william ~ ~ .......... ~ , pequot ~~k~~ Jacobson, Arvild .......... .Minneapolis . . . . . .Minneapolis . , ti ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . .d. b. . .~. .~. . .~.~ ~ ~ Jacobson, ~ Donovan ~ ~ ...~ ~ l i B ~ william ~ ~ . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Jacobson. ~ Luther ~ ~ ........ ~ .New ~ Richland l i Johnson, Anton . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson' Dennis . . . 'Newman Grove' Neb' Carlson, VerDella . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Johnson. Gordon . . . . . .Blooming Prairie Caviness, David . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Harold ....... .Kloten, N. D. Christensen, David.. . . . .Kenmare, N. D. Johnson, Richard A. ....... .Minneapolis Cornelius, Arthur .......... .Minneapolis Crowell, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul JOhnSOnn Roger . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ronald. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Cummings, Frank . . . -Atlantic City, N. Johnstone, Donald ........ .Minneapolis ~ ~ J. Dahlager, Arlo ............ .Minneapolis Dahlberg, Thomas . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kidder, M. Worden . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dalberg, Leonard . . .Stratton, Ont., can. Kleven, Charlotte . . . .Blanchordville, Wis. ~ i~ ~~. . . .~. . .~ . . .~~ ~ li d~ ~ Knutson, ~ ~ Millard ~ ~ 2, . . . ~ . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ l i it^^^^^^, ~ ~ . . . .~. . . . . ~ . . . ,willmar l d Kohls, Allan ................. Lindstrom Dixen, Arvid .............. .Minneapolis Kottke, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eagle Bend Kottom, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Renville Kristianson. Burton . . . .Rugby, N. Dakota Elofson, Robert ............ .Minneapolis Eng, Leona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kgley Krueger, Wallace . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ i ~~l~~~~ ~ k .~. . . ~. . . ~ . . . ., . .. ~ r t h ~ dKU~OSS, ~ William . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Landsverk, Eleanor . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Erickson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Larson, Alyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Larson, Benjamin . . . . - - . . . . . . ..Wadeno Faul, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Elwood . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fenske, Delmour 1 . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Larson, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples Flonn, Morrielgien . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Larson, Luther . . . . . . . . . .Brockton, Mont. George, John 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Mabel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ Larson, Robert D. 1. .Newman Grove, Neb. Larson, Violet ............. .Minneapolis Lindquist, Robert .......... .Minneapolis Linxheid, Vera ..............Buttefield Lodahl, Helen ... .Medicine Lake, Mont. Loe, Julian .............. .Sauk Centre Lund, Ronald ............. .Wanamingo Lyngdal, Lloyd ................. Duluth Madryga, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Madsen, John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Madsen, Roger ........... .Minneapolis Malm, Ellen Jane . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Markland, Finn 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Massoll, Cornelia . . . . . . - ..Aurelia, Iowa Mattson, Harold . . . . - - . . . . . . . . .Hoffman McGinnis, Msrle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis . Mitrnoen, Winnifred . . - - - . . . . . . .Dulvth Mortensen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Mosby, Arthur 1 . . . . . . . . . ..Blue Earth Myhre, Richard . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Nagel, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington Nelson, Harland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Nelson, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brooten Nelson, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennock Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . .Peerless, Mont. Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Nyhus, Leroy . . . . . . .Tacoma, Washington Odegard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ohno, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Orville L. . . . . .Oakes, N. Dakota Olson, Oscar E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mound Onischuck, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Oscarson, Donald 1 ... .Chicago, Illinois Ott, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pangburn, Danny . . . . . . . . ..Sauk Centre Paulson, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Perry, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Petersen, Marlo . . . . . .Valley City, N. D. Peterson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renville Peterson, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Lloyd 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Peterson, Vera . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis. Powers, Dayton - . . . . . . . .Jefferson, Wis. Pressnalle, Irving . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Puterbaugh, Karl . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ramlo, Arden 2 .............. Hendricks Riley, William . . . . . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ringdahl, Irving . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Roberts, Donovan . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal Robertson, Elwood 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Robinson, David 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rodvik, Erling 2 . . . . . . . . Bluffs, Illinois Rokke, David .............. Strandquist Romano, Pasquale . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Romansky, Ruth ............. .St. Paul Ronholm, Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erskine Roos, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ryden, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rykken, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau Scheuerman, Gerald . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Schmidt, Ruth ......... .Elkton, So. Dak. Schuenemon, Eldred ....... .Minneapolis Schwartz, Laton ........... .Minneapolis Siegel, Donald 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sigler, Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sjoquist, Thure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lsanti Skjei, Lola ............. Williston, N. D. Skolas, Franklin ...... .Chaseburg, Wis. Smith, Lynn .............. .Minneapolis Snodgrass, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield Solberg, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Solem, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Soli, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Solum, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle Soulis, William 1 ......... .Minneapolis Swanson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Swanson, Sylvia . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Swenson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Tallman, Mary Joyce . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Thompson, Rod 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Thorpe, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis. Thorsen, Floyd ............Minneapolis Underbakke, Leland ........... .Argyle Varner, Joanne . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Vartdal, Roger . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Vlohos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Walters, Orville . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wong, Donna Jean . . . . . . . . . . .Whedton Weeden, Robert ... . . . . Waupaca, . Wis. Wegner, LaGrande . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm Weidenbach, Paul . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Weisberg, Morton 1 ....... .Minneapolis West, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Westlund, Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Westphal, David 1 . . . . . - . . . . . . .Madelia Wiger, Donald .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cyrus Wilson, Dora 1 . . . . .. . . . . ..Round Lake Young, Lyle ........ Zaudtke, Ronald .Valley City, N. D. ............. .St. Paul Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 FRESHMEN Aaskov, Ruth. .Cumberland Center, Maine Adamson, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhoven Alfsen, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester Alfsen, James 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Allar, Dale ............. .St. Louis Park Amundsen, Gerhard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anbuhl, Ted ........... .St. Louis Park Andersen, Grace 2. . .Staten Island, N. Y. Anderson, Colene 1 . . . . .Rackford, Illinois Anderson, Curtis . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Donald C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver Andenon, Donald E. 1 . . . . . .Lamberton Anderson, George 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom Anderson, Richard J. 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Sherman . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anensen, Willard . . . .Wallace, So. Dakota Anklam, Arnold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ceylon Appel, C. Thomos 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis A~idson, David 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arvidson, Gayle . . . . . . . .Porkers Prairie Bailey, ~ e r a l d. . . . . . . . . .Mobridge, S. D. Baker, Eleanor . . . .Spokane. Washington Baker, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Balzer, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Batltelt, Clifford 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis B a ~ i l l e , George 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Beamant Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Beaver, William . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Becklin, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Bengtson, ~ o l a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ n o k a Berg, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berg, Junald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berg, Robert M. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berge, Ronald . . . . . .Cooperstown, N. D. Berge, Torrey . . . . . . Cooperstown, N. D. Berkas, Theodore . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Berkland, Bonnar 2 . . . . . Harnpden, N. D. Berntson, Rudolph . . . . . .Edinbu rg, N. D. Beyers, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bezanson, Joyce . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Birkeland, Frances . . . . . . . . . . .Climax . Bjornton, Jeanne . .. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Blake, Shirlee . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Illinois Blom, Allen . . . . . . . . . .Calumet, Michigan Blomquist, Elroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bown, Marjorie . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Boe, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Borgen, Alfred 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bowman, Myrlen 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Kennedy Boyum, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Peterson Brarn, William 1 ........ . . . .Minneapolis Brecto, Betty . . . . . .New Rockford, N. D. Bretheim, M. Luther.. . . . . . . Bisbee, N. D. Brown, Willis . . . . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis Bruder, Harriet 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burger, Robert 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burton, Richard . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bymark, Dayle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Bystrom, Wayne 1 . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Cariberg, J w n . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rush City Curlsen, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis carlson, Erland 2 . . . . . . . . . . St. PuuI cOrlson, John H. 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar Carlstedt, Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Corr, Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Charland, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis chivers, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis christensen, ~~~n~ . . . . Kenmare, N. D. Christenson, Audrey . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield Chri~to~herson, Myrna . .Valley City, N. D. Cleary, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Cottrell, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arthyde cyriacks, Marvin . . . . . . . . . .Lake Benton Dahlberg, Gladys ... .Brockton, Montana Daily, William 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dolland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Donielson, Horace . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Davis, Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ john ~. . . .i. . . .~ . . . . . ,. ~ i ~ D ~ Darlyne ~ ~ . .,. .Medicine Lake, Mont. ~ i ~ k h a r tDaniel , . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Dillon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Darn, Roy 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnger Dreyer, Earl . . . . . .Spokane, Washington Dreyer, Marlys . . Spokane Washington Dupslaff, Harriet . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington Ebert, Harlan . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .Gaylord Eckhoff, Donald . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .Delano Ehlen, Donald 1 . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis Elden, Duane 2 . . . . . ...... .Minneapolis Ellingson, Anetta 2 . . . .Rugby, No. Dak. Ellisen, Arthur . . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis Elness, Marilyn . . . . . . Fargo, No. Dak. Emerson, Evonne . . . . . . . . .West Concord Engseth, Jerry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayzata Erdahl, Manford 2 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, LaVonne . . . . . . .Goldfield, Iowa Farness, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . .Windom Fjaer, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Flockoi, Carol . . . . . . . Bellingham, Wash. Foslid, Raymond . . . . ...... .Minneapolis Foste~old, Astrid 1 . . Nordm0re. Norway Froiland, David . . . . ......... Bellingham Frosig, Kristian 2 . - - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fure, Clorice 1 . . . . . . . . . .Sca~ille, Iowa ~ ~ Gallop, Douglas . . . . . . . .Shell Lake, Wis. Jorgensen, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Delano Giese, Lyle .............Ashland, Wis. Justensen, Charles 1 . . - . . . . .Minneapolis Giesdahl, Alice ........... .Minneapolis Glockner, Robert .............. Bemidji Kalberg, Freddy 1 . . . . . . . .Circle, Mont. Goodrich, Quentin ........ .Minneapolis Kaliszewski, Edward 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis Grunow, Glenn ........... .Minneapolis Kalvig, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Oudim. Fern 2 . . . . . . . . . .McVille. N. D. Kandt, Myron . . . . . . . . . . . . .Buffalo Lake Gustafson, Charles . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchoff Ralph . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gustofson, Donna . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kleppe, Donna ...... . . . .Williston, N. D. Gustafsan, Herbert 2 . . . . . . . .~inneobolis Kletscher, Murl 1 .... . . . . . . . . . . . Belview Kloos, Margret . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .Herman Hagen, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck Kloster, Morlyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kandiyohi Hagen, James H. . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Klungtvedt, Gerald . . . . .Newark, Illinois Halvonon, Arvin .......Galesburg, N. D. Kobin, Jerry 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halvorson, Joseph 1 . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Koerner, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Hamre, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Kroll, James . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . St. Paul Hansen, Clarence . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kube, Lou Ann . . . . . . . .Wahpeton, N. D. Hanske, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lucan Kvam, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hanson, James H.. . . . .Callender, Iowa . . . .Minneapolis Ladd, Lorenz . . . Hansvick, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis LaFerte, Suzette Hibbard, Gerald 2 . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . .Ellendale Lageson, Andrew Hill, Lorne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. D. . . . . . . .St.' Paul Lanz, William ... H,illeren, John . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park . . . . . . . . LeSueur Lapham, Dean . . Haaglund, Donold C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . .Tyler Larsen, Ann 1 . . Hokanson, Betiy . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield . Everest, Kansas Larson, Esther . . . Hokanson, James . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . .Excelsior Lorson, Marvin . Holmquist, Mari Ann 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . Annandale Lorson, Philip 1 . Holt, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . .Wallace, S. D. Louen, LeRoy 1 . . Holte, H. James 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ... .Minneapolis Leach, Richard 2 Holte, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis Leak, John . . . . . Hoversten, Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lynd Williston, N. D. Lewis, Mona . . . . Howard, Charles . . . . . . . . ..Lake Crystal . . . .Minneapolis Lindell, Juliana . . Hult, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis Linaen. John . . . " . Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . ..Nanking, China Jackson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lorensen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jacobsen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Luhn, Charles . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Jacobson, Margaret 2 . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundberg, Jack . . . . . . . . . .Rush City Jakobitz, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . Buffalo Lake Lunde, David . . . ..Cooperstown, N. D. Jensen, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jesko, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Jespersen, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul McKay, Robert 1 . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington Johnson, Arlan . . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D. Maas, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Johnson, Beverly . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mackey, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Johnson, Bruce R. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Magnuson, William 2 . . . . . Minneapolis Main, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Johnson, Delores ...... .New York Mills Manger, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Douglas 1 ....... .St. Louis Park Markson, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, James L. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Marquardt, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Joan L. 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Marsh, A. Warner . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Joan M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Martinsen, Kenneth. . . Menominee, Mich Martinson, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . .Tioga, N. D. Johnson, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .Platte, S. D. Mattison, Robert . . . . . . ..Thompson, Iowa Johnson, Mary Lou . . . . . . . .Ashland, Wis. Mickelsen, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Milroy Johnson, Merlyn R. 2 ...... .Minot, N. D. Miller, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plato Johnson, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Farmington Johnson, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Moderow, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lockhart Mueller, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ruby A. . . . . . . . . . .Fergus Falls Munson, Betty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater Johnson, Wilgard ............ .Herman Myrin, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnston, Richard . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Nelson, Arnold ............Minneapolis Nelson, Caryl Jean. Newman Grove, Neb. .Underwood Nelson. Eunice Nelson, Helen ........Roseburg, Oregon Nelson, Robert C. 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Niemann, Mary .......... .Meadowlands Northfelt, Richard 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . ............ Oberg, Theodore ......Rockford, Illinois Olsen, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olsen, Mery Ann .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Damoris 1 ......... .Minneapolis Olson, Donald E. 1 . . . . . . . . ..Bear River Olson, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . ..Cottonwood Olson, Harry E. 2 ......... .Minneapolis Olson, Howard ................ .Climax Olson, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Olson, Roger ................ Ellendale Olund, Jim 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ondov, Raymond . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Oren, Donald ................ .St. Paul Oslund, Robert ............ .Forest Lake Parizek, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Patterson, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lucan Paulson. Arnold ......... .Wallace, S. D. Paulson, Philip 2 ... .Blanchardville, Wis. Peorson, Howard .......... .Minneapolis Pearson. Paul .............Minneapolis Petersen, Alan ............ .Minneapolis Petersen, Arnold ............... .Milroy Peterson, Charles A. 1 ...... .Park Rapids Peterson, John C. . . . . . . . .Rice Lake, Wis. Peterson, John P. 2 ....... .Minneapolis Peterson. Magnus 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson. Rhodes 2 . . . . . . . . ,Minneapolis Peterson, Richard ........ Cambria, Wis. Peterson, Roland 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Petterson, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis. .Minneapolis Philbrwk, Kathleen Pioske. Donald ................ LeSueur ....... Raabe, Mark ............... .St. James Radde, Leon ............. .Minneapolis Ray, Clifford ............. .Minneapolis Ray, Ollie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Razook, Patricia ......... .Rugby, N. D. Reierson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston Reimer, Donald . . . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Rethwill, Corinne ..............LeSueur Rimme~eid,Arthur . .New Rockford, N. D. Ringstad, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . ..Bronx, N. Y. Rishovd, Larry 1 ...... .Douglas, N. D. Ritmire, Charles 1 ..........Minneapolis Rocene, Luella ............ .Minneapolis Rocene, Muriel ........... .Minneapolis Rodvik, Marvin ........... .Bluffs. Illinois Ronningen, Marlene ....... .Carpion N. D. Rosenbloom, David 1 . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rowland, Steve ........... .Minneapolis Rundquist, Bertil .......... .Minneapolis Ruud, George ............ .Minneapolis Rust, Gary 1 .......... Harwood, N. D. Ryan, Merwin ............ Landa, N. D. Rydell, Julin .............. .Minneapolis Rykken, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau Sanderson, Leah .......... .Minneapolis Schaupp, Roger 1 ......... .Minneapolis Schumack, Kenneth ........ .Minneapolis Seoholm, John ............ .Minneapolis Seck, Charles ............... Watertown Sewall, Duane ......... .St. Louis Park Shepherd, Lawrence. . . .Springdale, Wash. Shiell, Wendell .............. .Hoffman Shultl. Arthur ......... .Spokane, Wash. Siege!, David 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sirotiak, Arlene ........,.. .Minneapolis Sirotiak, Arnold ...........Minneapolis Skene, Shirley ............ .Minneapolis Skimland, Don .............. .Belgrade Skogen, Clyde 2 .............. Wahkon Skogsbergh, Samuel ....... .Minneapolis Skonnord, Dorothy ... .Valley City, N. D. Smith, Patricia ............ .Minneapolis Smith, Robert E.. . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis. Solheim, Derle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Stanley, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis Staum, John ............. .Minneapolis Steineke, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Moose Lake Stenoien, Vernon . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stensland, Donald . . . . . .Portland, N. D. Stevens, Sene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington Stock, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kensington Straiton, Thomas .......... .Minneapolis Strandlie, Wenona ............. Richfield Stratton, Cora 2 . . . . . . .Westhope, N. D. Stromberg, Theodore . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Strommen, Dorothy .. Blanchardville, Wis. Strot, Raymond 2 ......... .Minneapolis Stump, JoAnn .................. Duluth Sufficool, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis Sullivan, Earl B. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sundt, Donald ............ .Minneapolis Swanell, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Swanson, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom Sylvester, Carmen 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Tamm, William . . . . . . . . . . - .-Minneapolis Teigum, Kristen 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modelin Tenold, Marjorie ............ Reva, S. D. Thomford, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . ..Zumbrota Thompson, Carol 2 . . . . . . . Binford, N. D. Thompson, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis P Thompso?, Myron 2 Thone, Marjorie Thorson, Arthur Thorvig, Mary Thorwick, Wendell Tibke, Joan Treanor, Arthur Twedt, Isabel 1 ............Marshall ........... .Minneapolis ........... .Minneapolis .............Minneapolis ......... .Minneapolis ............. .Dupree, S. D. ........... .Minneapolis .........McHenry, N. D. ......... Rice Lake, Wis. Uehlin, Clarice Vall, Marilyn .................. .Aitkin Vane, Duane 2 ................ Dowson Van Otterloo, Johanna ......... Hancock Varland, Martha ....... .Ottawa, Illinois Vick, Oliver 2. ............ .Minneapolis Vigesaa, George .... .Cooperstown, N. D. Vik, Phyllis ............ .Waubay, S. D. Vornholt, Carl 2 ............... .Anoka Watson, Vern ............ .Minneapolis SPECIAL Wcmq Jw4l~son w-mm, w .......... , MnnWpaL .............. . h l W W , &ntMq ..-........ MtmmpOL$ w&&btrg k y Anq ..... . b i b - .......... .#. -WIkt ...-..........mlmwp& ............... .St. &I w-, shs* ....Chrppmm bit&Wtr Wllsons W d m .......... W n d W WoM, J a m - ..............-path Wr@ht&, O Ksih ....... ~~ Zimmermon, Donna ........ .Minneapolis W*M &tITiCB WhIfa, a* Whb, Wiliibm ................. Zinn, Wilton Zustiak, Mildred Zwick, Willi.am .St. Paul ...........Minneapolis ............ .Sauk Rapids Men ............................ Women .......................... Total 261 105 - ........- .................... .366 AND UNCLASSIFIED Addison, Duane ............. .Marshall Anderson, Charles F. .......Rockford, Ill. Moyer, Henry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul Michaelson, Carrol 1 ........... Kiester ~- - Biorklund, Paul ............... .St. Paul Mikkelson, David 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bredeson, B~+,,, 2. . . . . . . . . . ~ Mondloh, ~Vernon 1 ........ ~ .Minneapolis ~ Brvstad, 1 ............. . ~ Morgan, ~ Luther ........... ~ .Minneapolis ~ ........... ~ ......... ~ ~ . ~ l. ........... i christino, ~~~~h collins, ~ ~1 l~ Dahle, ~ ~~ i Englund, Pearl d ................St. id Paul ...... .Warnick, R. 1. Halvorson, Jeanive ... .Grand Forks, N. D. Haukeness, Stanley ............ .Sebeka Herleikson, Aileen ... .Grand Forks, N. D. Granquist. Ardis 2 Hetager, Mildred ..........Forgo, N. D. Hinsverk, Donald 2 ........ .Minneapolis Hitzeman, Wallace 1 ....... .Minneapolis Hoium, Leslie 1 ........... .Minneapolis Joel, Mildred 1 ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, LeRoy ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Robert E. 2 . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ruby L. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lambert. Andreas 1 ........ .Minneapolis Larson, Iris ........... .Thief River Falls Lindohl, Burton 1 .......... .Minneapolis Mantzke, Robert ........... .Minneapolis Markland, Arne ........... .Minneapolis Mattson, Milford 2 ......... .Minneapolis Martson, Walter .............. .Erie, Po. Charles . . . . . .~ .Ironwood. ~ Nelmark, ~ ~ ~ ~ Mich. l i ~ Nelson, ~ ~ Elaine ~ . . .~. . . .~. . . .l. . .i.Woodlake ~ ~ ~ .......... ~~ ~ ~ Eleanor ~ ~.Thief l River i ~Falls Ozolins, Karlis ............ .Minneapolis Pearson, Vincent 1 .......... .Wyoming Peterson, Del Ray 2 . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Quanbeck, Philip 1 ........ .Minneapolis .............. .Minneapolis Sanders, Paul 2 ........... .Minneapolis Sivertson, Loryce ........ Marinefie, Wis. Smith, Gilbert ............ .Minneapolis Stenseng, Lillian 2 ......... .Minneapolis Thompson, Duane 1 ........... .St. Paul Roth, Poul 2 Torgerson, Richord 2 ....... .Minneapolis Wetzler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wicklund, J w n n 1 ........... .Hopkins N. D. Wickoren, Wayne . . . . . . . . .W, Ystebo, Lillian . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women .......................... Total 35 17 - ............................ 52 ~ ~ ~ AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT NURSES . . . . . . . . . .Tigerton, Wis. Lindfors, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston ............Westby, Wis. . . . . .Mt. Sterling, Wis. M. ........ .Two Harbors Lomness, Mary Lou . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosstcn Alberg, Vera C. Aus, Phyllis B. Bruland, Audrey 1 Lunde, Margaret L. Cavallin, Joyce Molmin, Thelma D. . . . . . .Calmar, Iowa . . . . . . Shell Lake, Wis. Nelson, Ellen L. . . . . . . . .Longford, Dahlman, Eileen M. Nordeen, Myrtle Donielson, Marjorie K. Olson, Carolyn L. D. 1 . . . . . . . . . . Kasota .............. .Climax Dilmar, Morilyn L. Olson, Signora L. Cook, Kothleen R. ... .Wis. Rapids, Wis. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ......... .Malung . . . . . . . . . . . .Red Wing Erickson, Harriet C. . . . . . .Arlington, S. D. Erickson, June M. ............. Fostervold, W. Ruth Grudt, Mary E. .St. Paul . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . .Baldwin, Wis. S. D. . . . . . . . . .Clarion, Iowa . . . . . . . . . . . .Milroy Petersen, Juanita M. Peterson, Alice S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Peterson, Mary L. . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Raun, Ruth G.. . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. .......... Hofstad, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . .Owatonna Hafstad, Bernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna Swiggum, Hanson, Vera L. ........ Weis, Marilyn F. . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge Westby, Joyce M. . . . . . . ..Fairdale, Holmgren, Marianne 1. Iverson, Juliet C. .Porkers Prairie ......... .Braham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Johnson, Jean L. ....... .Grafton, Larsen, Helen M. ........ .Lacrosse, N. D. Wis. Sorem, Edith A. Doris B. Wilson, Shirley M. Women Total .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utica N. D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis .......................... 36 -- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 GRADUATES 1949 SEMINARY Dyrud, Amos ......-....... Erickson, Merle K. .Newfolden ....... Binford, Framstod, Waldemar . . .Williston, Martinson, Emil C. ............. .Dalton ....-.. .Superior, . . . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, N. Dok. Rusdahl, Kenneth Wis. N. Dak. Steen, John Wis. COLLEGE Almquist, Andersen, Andersen, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, John G. .... .Sand Creek, Wis. Jerome B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Robert W. . . . .Morineite, Wis. Bertil C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jeanell M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norman E. W. . . . . .Hendricks Raymond C. ......... .Mound Bagley, Emil J. ..... . . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake Bartsch, Robert L. . . ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Korl . . . . . . . . . . . Los Angeles, Calif. Bergeland, Helen C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Bergeland, Luther C. . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Berry, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bervig, Arthur L. ... . . . . .Fargo, N. Dak. Brekken, Carol M. . ....... .Minneapolis Bueide, James L. . . . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Carlson, Arthur S. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Fabian C. . ....... .Minneapolis Corlson, James I . . ....... .Minneapolis Carlson, John M.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Carlson, Robert J. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carstenbrock, Walter J. .... .Minneapolis Christenson, David R. ...... .Minneapolis Clyne, Alfred P. . . . . . . . . . . L'Anse, Mich. . Dahl, George H. . . . . - - . . ..Minneapolis Dohle, Norman A. ............. .Aitkin Dalland, Harold A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dovidson. Esther . . . . . .Highland, Kansas Detchons, Richard P. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Drange, Arnold N. . . . . . - . ..Minneapolis Dyrud, Amos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newfolden Embretson, Donald A. . . - . . . .Minneapolis Evenson, Leslie J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector . Falconer, Elizabeth ... . . . . .New Brighton Feero, Lee S,. Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacobson Feig, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Felland, David E. . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis. Fischer, William W. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Foss, Merideth F. . . . . . . . .Minot. N. Dak. Froien, Dora . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. Dok. Furney, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis George, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Morgan Gissel, John H. . . . . . . .Kenmare, N. Dak. Gisselquist, Grace E. . . . . . . . . Minneopolis Glade, Willard W. . . . . . . . . . Dows, Iowa Gmitro, Edward F.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Goertzen, Delna E. . . . . . .Mountain Loke Goertzen, Louis C. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Goode. Dolores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia Granum, Hilma . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Green, Evelyn R. . . . . . . . . . ..Bathe Lake Greene, Carolyn M.. . . . . . . . .St. Paul Hogen, John L. . . . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Hamilton, Marguerite M. . . . .Maple Plain Haukeness, Helen E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sebeka Haukeness, Stanley J. . . . . . . . . . Sebeka Hegg, Donald H. . . . . . . . . . .Hanley Falls Heistad, Rachel M. . . . . Milwaukee, Wis. Helland, Erling M. . . . . . . . . .Sacred Heart Hendrickson, Gordon . . . ..... .Minneapolis Henium, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Hitzeman, Wallace C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoff, Avery B. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pequot Lakes Holden, William E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmquist, Gordon E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Isoacson, Ruth M. Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, ............ Buffalo Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Bagley George A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kenneth L. . . . . . Minot, N. Dak. Louise H. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneota Marvin B. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Knudson, Elrie E. . . . . . . Lacrosse, Wis. Konsterlie, Mildred M. . . . . . . .Willmor Kragthorpe, Maynard H. . . . . . . . .Mound Kvamme, Leiv . . . . . . . . . . .Voss, Norway Larsen, Mentor R. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lorson, Calvin E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Lyla J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Leafblad, Charlotte Watt.. . . . . . .St. Paul Lehman, Robert M. . . .Chambersburg, Pa. Lindblod, Richord G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis McGinnis, J. Lorene . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Manthie, Russel L. ......... .Minneapolis Markland, Arne K. ........ .Minneapolis Martinson, Jeanette S. ..... .Minneapolis Midiling, John E. .......... .Minneapolis Morgan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mortensen, Hildegarde ..... .Minneapolis Nelson, Clifford L. ........... .Blomkest Nordstrom, Truit F. ........ .Minneapolis Nystuen, Ruth B. ............Northfield Nystuen, Theodore C. .........Northfield Olesky, Robert H. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Olsen, Robert 0. ........Brooklyn, N. Y. Olson, Elaine D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake City Olson, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Orville A. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Opland, Laverne M. . . .Thief River Falls Oscarson, Elder W. . . . . . . . ..Fergus Falls Paulson, Pout S. ...... .Spokane, Wash. Pearson, Ralph E. ......... .Minneapolis Pearson, Wayne L. ........... .Champlin Pearson, Woodrow ........ .Minneapolis Pedersen, Leonard J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pedersen, Ragnvold A Kristiansand. Norwav Peterson, Charles E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Clifford A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis P&erson, Donald Wm. . . . . . .Minnecpolis Peterson, Olga A . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . WiIImclr Phillipps, John P.. . . . . . . . . . Minnsupolis Quam, John L. ............ .Minneapolis Quanbeck, John T. . . - . . . . ..Minneapolis Quanbeck. Phyllis . . . . . . .Minneapolis Raymond, R. Scott . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rodmyre, Doris E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector Ronholm, Elsie I. . . . . . .Thief River Falls Roth, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Samuelson, Mary ... . . . . . . . . . Grasston Schwah, Harold ... ...... .Minneapolis Roufs, Henry W. Ryden, Joan S. Serstock, Margaret L ...... .Minneapolis Severtson, Milford D. ...... .Minneapolis Shaleen, D. Marian . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Snider, Victor L. .... ...... .Minneapolis Solberg, Oliver S. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Solheim, Dorothy L. .. ....... Racine, Wis. Solheim, Russell G. .. . . . . . . . Racine, Wis. Sorenson, Kenneth S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sorenson, Norman ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stock, Elroy M. .... . . . . . . . . Kensington Stohlberg, Paul E. . . . ...... .Minneapolis Sween, Donald L. ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Telander, Lorraine H. ........... .Mora Thorberg, Dorothy E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thorsen, Arline J. .. ... Waterville, Iowa Thorvig, Richard J. .. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thurston, Stuart J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Torgerson, Sheldon L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Torvend, Alice . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Tungseth, Esther D. .. . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Tweed, George H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vane, Rueben L. . . . . . . . . . . ..Dawson Wanous, Mary J. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Weagant, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Welter, Eugene ................ .Milroy Weltzin, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Werket, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wetzler, John H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wilcox, Peder J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,106 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 STUDENTREGISTER ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1949-1950 FIRST SEMESTER SEMINARY Men Students ................................................. Women Students ................................................. Total .......................................................... COLLEGE Men Students ................................................... Women Students ................................................ Total 23 0 -+. ,638 249 - ........................................................... Total Enrollment ................................................. Deducting those counted more than once ........................... !. SECOND SEMESTER SEMINARY .......-..............-...............................a ............................... !....................-0 ............................................................. Men Students Women Students Total , . COLLEGE ...................................................... Men Students Women Students 612 ..................................-.-.............-238 Total ............................................................ Total Enrollment .................................................. Deducting those counted more than once ..., ,,...... .............. TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1949- 1950 SEMINARY ................................................... ................. ;................,,,,..,.,...,, Men Students Women Students Total .. 24 0 .........................................-................. COLLEGE ..............................+..............!....... 690 Men Students Women Students .................... !........,.,.................258 - Total .......................................... Total Enrollment Deducting those counted more than once i ................ ................................................. ............................ IN1 I I I Page Absence Rules .................... 41 Academic Administration ........... 36 Admission Procedure .............. 36 Administrative Staff ................ 4 Administration. ORicers of .......... 3 Aims. Fundamental ............... 13 Alumni Association. The ............. 35 Ancient Languages. Department of . . . . 60 Annuities .........................118 Archives. The ..................... 19 Athletics ......................... 31 Attendance. Chapel ................ 42 Attendance. Class ................. 41 Audi~VisualEducation ............. 20 Band I ......................33. 70. 7T 84 20 17 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . Book Shoppe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration. Curriculum . . . Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 50 79 Calendar ........................ 2 Cancellation ...................... 40 Chemistry ........................ 86 Choir .....................32. 70. 71 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70. 71 Christian Education and Sociology .... 98 Christian Environment ............. 22 Christianity. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 56 Church History (Seminary) .......... 96 Classification ..................... 41 Classwork. Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 College. Augsburg ................ 36 College Faculty ................... 6 College Students (1949.1950) ........ 101 Committees of the Faculty ............ 12 Conditions ....................... 43 Convocation ...................... 23 Counseling. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Counseling. Personal ............... 25 Courses of Study. College ........... 56 Cultural Opportunities ............. 23 Curriculums ...................... 46 Debate and Oratory ............... Degree. College .................. Dentistry and Dental Hygiene. PreDental Courses ................. Departmental and Student Interest Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diaconate ........................ Dining-Hall ....................... Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 46 52 30 54 28 25 Page Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Drama .......................... 31 Economics ........................ 79 Education ........................ 77 Electives ......................... 45 Elimination of Students ............. 41 Employment Service ................ 28 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses .. 53 English. Department of .............. 61 Enrollment Summary ............... 113 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 36 Examinations. Absence from ......... 43 Examinations. Comprehensive. . . . . . . . . 44 Examinations. Rules ................ 43 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty. The ...................... Fees. General .................... Fees. Music ....................... Fees. Special ..................... Financial Support and Control ....... Finals. Delayed ................... Food Service ..................... Foundation Fellowship . . . . . . . . . . . . . French ........................... Freshman Guidance ................ 5 21 22 22 16 43 28 35 67 24 .............. General Information 13 German. Department of ............. 65 Gifts and Bequests ................ 117 Grade. Students Below ............. 43 Grade Values .................... 44 Graduate Study 46 Graduates (18701949). Summary of . .114 Graduates 1949 .................. 1 l l Graduation from College 46 Greek ........................... 60 .................. ........... Health and Physical Education. Department of ................. 88 Health Service .................... 28 Hebrew .......................... 61 High School Teaching. Curriculum.... 49 History and Aims ............... ..13 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 81 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . . 50 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Honors 33 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Housing for Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Page Journalism ................... 31. 65 Junior College Requirements. . . . . . . . . 44 Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . - - . - .19 Library Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Majors ........................... 45 Mathmetics. Deportment of .......... 87 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 51 Membership in Educational Associations 17 Ministry. Preparation for the ........ 46 Minors ........................... 45 Missionary Work. Preparation for .... 47 Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 18 Music. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Music. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22. 70 Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70 Natural Sciences. Division of the . . . . . New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norwegian ....................... Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess Hospital .................... .40. 84 95 66 52 Old Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 31 71 76 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . . Pastoral Theology ................. Payment of Accounts ............... Personnel Services, Student . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy, Department of . . . . . . . . . Physical Education, Department of Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Sciences, Department of . . . . . Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69, Placement Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Political Science, Department of ...... Polity, Worship, and Parish Work ... Practical Theology ................ Pre-Seminary Curriculum ........ .46, Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology and Education, Depart.. ment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 97 21 23 58 53 88 85 86 71 28 73 98 97 91 34 41 76 76 Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . 25 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Registration, Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 page 56 Religion and Philosophy. Division of Religious Activities ................ 29 Residence Requirement ............. 46 Romance Languages. Department of . . 67 Rooms. Applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 .. Scandinavian Language and Literature. Deportment of .................. 66 Scholarships ...................... 34 Secretarial Studies ................ 81 Seminary. Admission ............... 91 Seminary. Faculty ................ 5 Seminary. Courses of Study .......... 93 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 92 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees .... 92 Seminary. General Requirements. . . . . 91 Seminary. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Senior College Requirements. . . . . . . . 45 Sociology. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . 74 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 72 Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Speech .......................... 64 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Student Council .................. 29 Student Nurses ................... 110 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Student Register .................. 100 Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall . . . . . 27 Systematic Theology ............... 96 Teacher's Certificate ............... 49 Teaching Curriculum .............. 49 Theology. College Preparation for . .46. 91 Theology. Courses of Study .......... 93 Theology. Expenses ............ .20. 92 Theological Orientation Courses ...... 93 Theological Seminary. Augsburg ..... 91 Theological Students (1949-1950) ....100 Theology. Language Courses ......... 99 Theology. The Three-Year Cycle of Courses ....................... 94 Tours. Absences for ................. 42 Transfer and Advanced Standing ..... 37 Trustees. Board of .................. 3 Tuition and Fees .................. 21 Unclassified Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Veterans. Applications of . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Voice .................... .69. 70. 71
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1973-1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calenda...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calendar . . Faculty . General Education Requirements Majors . . Pre-Professional Training I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs . International Study Honors Program . Degrees . .. . .. . .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E . . . S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . . Recreation . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life Student Services . Housing . Food S e r v i c e MUS I P .. .. . . . . . . PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE . . The A p p l i c a t i o n Process . . Transfer . . Early Decision . Early Admission . . Advanced Placement . . Advanced Standing . . . . PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D . . . . . Deposits . . . . . F i n a n c i a l Aid Expenses . 19 73- 74 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts . Refunds , .. PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION .. . . .. . .. . . Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration . P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal . Grading C r e d i t by Examination . Classification . Courses . . . Numbering . Symbol .. .. . . . . PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 87, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t notice . Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e . C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC. ......The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . COURSE .........A MAJOR.. . . . . . . . .A MINOR s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such as "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. ..........A concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n t h e maj o r . ELECTIVE. FEE.. c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree. . . . . . .A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e . . . . . . . . . . .Charges made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y . Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and governmental sources LOA N . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972 AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly e Octobor nnd November bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731 . 2f & ~ v e . S.. ' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101. sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota. There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s t h e "4- 1-4. I t I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College ldentif i c a t i o n Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with Founded more than 100 years t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC) ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. . The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s : 1 t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r . t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g a c a d e m i c excellence . I t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city. t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary Schools. The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical S o c i e t y T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus. Visiting t h e Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s , p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4 - 1 - 4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and 7 drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry, mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics , h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and P h y s i c a l Education History Mathemati cs Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Phi 1os ophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Pbysi c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Traini n g S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r future professional study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s . COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) . Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses . I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . u SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e o f f e r e d each term. S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e c o l l e g e . For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s ) 11 Student Life Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n . Social and Cultural Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e C e n t e r . There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative o f f i c e s . West Hall, an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . 13 TOWER APARTMENTS - now under c o n s t r u c t i o n . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t 15 p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. E a r l y Admission An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously completed. Advanced S t a n d i n g College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg . Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 ) Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A ) Future S i t e of Residence Tower Urness Tower Residence The College C e n t e r The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V ) The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A ) Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5) The Music B u i l d i n g (m) S i Melby H a l l (G) Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g YO- ~ 9 ) East Hall C E H ) (#a Admissions (Science 156) 433-936 Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~ Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ; Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 135) C a r e e r Planning and Placement (Memorial 1s t f l o o r ) C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development (Memorial 1st f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32; Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21 ' Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c . Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1,845.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t authorized. A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course o n l y . F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e . SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable with t u i t i o n : 4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00 Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00 . (Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . ) A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an interim). Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $1,040 to $1,100 Men: $1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00) Women: $1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 19 1973- 74 Cost Summary A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ............. $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00 ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00 ....... $ 25.00 ( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e ) Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1, i i 1972 (payment i s due J a n u a r y 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s . 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan ( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Academic Administration S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n . MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion o f a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e . 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement . f. A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s . h. Division Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r . Organization The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e Department o f Psychology Department o f Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Department Library Department Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, S c i e n c e , Secondary Education o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education o f Music HUMANITIES Department of A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of R e l i g i o n Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e credit for it. A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r . S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F . C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n the Registrar's Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s seniors. Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing. A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d . Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N . A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department chairman . An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed during t h e following semester. A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e audited. Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N . General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s 32 grade p o i n t s J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s . S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s ....... To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses. Courses A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r 3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation. Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . 26 Course Descriptions Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages. See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS : History o f t h e United S t a t e s American S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r American S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490 Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 114 E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463 Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453 TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s under m a j o r . 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295. l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Art P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; 2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350. - F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 8 I t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , 27 MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 118 P A I N T I N G I Introduction t o painting media and technique. all, S p r i n g ) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d , wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 FILM-MAKING Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. (Prereq. : 350. F a l l , Spring) 355 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f painting. (Prereq. : 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq. : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r 351, 352) . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g ) - 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY a A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : Chemistry 103. Spring) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e . 112, Spring. 3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s . Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Frereq .: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 o r 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s . Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods. 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e ( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring) expected t o a t t e n d . 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r . ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business Fall, Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 . Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g ) . 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra. Fall) 1I ' ' 'A 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN: SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1953-1954
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March 21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. Accreditation and Membership in Educational Associations Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . Administration 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . ......................... 5 . . . Committees of the Faculty 6 The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 General Information .. Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Community Life . I 5 . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . . . 44 44 50 53 63 Student Personnel Services . . CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . . 64 64 68 81 95 The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3 . General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+.. ,, . , . . . . . - . .105 .., Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 CALENDARS For 1954-55and 1955-56 FIRST SEMESTER I955 I954 Freshman Days Sept. 9-13 Registration Sept. 9, 10, Classes begin Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. Sept. 17 Late Registration Fee Sept. 17 Oct. 22-24 Homecoming Oct. 28-30 Nov. Sept. 9-13 Sept. 9, 13 10, 11, Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. 13 12, End of &st half of Semester Nov. Nov. 25, 26 Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 24, 25 Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m. 1955 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin after Christmas 1956 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 20-26 College Examinations Jan. 24-27 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-26 Jan. 26 First Semester Ends Jan. 25 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 16-31 10 10 Recess Jan. 17 to Feb. I Jan. 19-25 SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. Feb. 5 Late Registration Fee Feb. 4 Feb. zz Washington's Birthday Feb. End of first half of Semester April 4 April I I, 8:00 a.m. 22 Easter Recess begins Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m April 12, 8:00 a.m. Easter Recess ends April 3, 8:00 a.m. May 27 Seminary Commencement May 25 College Examinations May 2 5 to June May 30 Decoration Day May 30 May 29 June 3, 8:00 p.m. Baccalaureate Service June 3 College Commencement June 4. 8:00 p.m. April 6, 4:20 p.m. May 26 to June 2 I b BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term REV. CLARENCE J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term MR. IVER H. IVERSON, min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires 1954 expires expires expires expires expires expires expires expires 1957 195 8 1956 1958 I 9 54 1955 I 9 56 1957 Advisory Members DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women ..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty MELVINA. HELLAND. AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement CARL R. HAMMAREERG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative S. V. HJ-ELMELAND IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar .W. r.. .bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor k\ .IT - REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs. Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson. Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. MEDICAL n A F F Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N., Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel. Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss Joel. Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg. Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg. Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock. Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton. Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson. Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson. Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also included in this committee). Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee). Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd. Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included in this committee). 1953-1954 Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Nelson, Savold. Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also included in this committee). The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25; ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n . Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. ~ A R ERMISCH, L Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augaburg 1928-1952. h h ~ v mA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y , 1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAUL G. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54 A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47. FREDERICNORSTAD, A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. *In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. AUGSBURG COLLEGE KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc* of -es~m, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952. MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Atigsbug since 1949. C. WESLEYANDERSON, M.Mus., Instructor in Music A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936; MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School, Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At Augsburg since I 9 5 3. ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950. PEGGY SMITH B ~ E YB.S., , Instrwtor in MllSjc B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953. EVABAVOLAK, AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege, A b e r d ~ S. , Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. HAROLD J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, 1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary, Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsbug since 1954. LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952. HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science CARLCHRISLOCK, A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49. A t Augsburg since 1952. . LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg since 1941. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3. MIKELISGEISTAUTS, Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia, Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege, Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar rind Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since r947. EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since '952- MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947. W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3. ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics .4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948. Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota, 1951-1:. ~ 4 Augburg t Skcf 191 j. BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of hgwgas A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since CARL W. LANDAHL, M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic A.B., Ud&ty d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit, Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. AUDREYLANDQUIST, MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937. A t Augsburg since 1946. ROBERT E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911. Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948, 49. A t Augsburg since 1950. ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M., , Imtructos in English A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton, 1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945. Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School, 1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. m., MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English. A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. JOHN GERDA MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach. of Football md Baseball AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. &EN Y. NELSON, Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding: H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44; , University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948, 1949. At Augsburg since 1951. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd Seminary Faculty listing. ANKEPEDERSON, A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46; Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK, A.B., Director of Admissions A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy.. 1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I. TIN QL~ASBECX, Ph.D., Dem of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M., ; University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D., 1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn., , 1929-36. Teaching: W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta, 1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS. LELAND B. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Music AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946. A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and' Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952. RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936. A.t Augsburg since 1944. GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn. Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I. ~MERTON P. STROMMEN, A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota, 19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD, AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948; Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah, 1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950. GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S. A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947. VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since '947. MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. ~ ~ V E. T TRAUTWEIN, N A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r , V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1950. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949; PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52. University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. General Information PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Ohurch. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to the end that he may become an eeective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests, amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his eaciency in the various relationships of life. T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways prescribed for the attainment of these aims. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup- port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS. Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of- fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on ~ 3 r Avenue d across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many t s . There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm. sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three 2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean. OF NURSING AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.- Financial Information STUDENT EXPENSES A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERALEXPENSES FOR ONE SEMESTER' Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00 This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00 Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.o~ 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . . Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 o Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe. Subject to change. ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER' Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00 Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 60.00 SPECIALFEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee, depending upon the methad of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7.50 2.00 2.00 . 5 oo MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER ...................................... Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano ' .. Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00 Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 1 . Subject to change Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53, 54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 o 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.5 o I. 50 15.00 Resident students General expenses . . , , . . . . . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00 Room and Board Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00 Total, approximately . . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o OiX-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . Special, music, or course fees Total, approximately . . . . . . , . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . .2.00 to 35.00 . . . $247.50 to 295.50 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s. Rw-g dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.% miniftlum df 205% of the tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. Subject to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. STUDENT AIDS Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes. The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes. The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances. Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of the Fr&a year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee. The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student r of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. H o # w n M&I Sckohshifi was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa. The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing. The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph, Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00 per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. Student Community Life 1 3 CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. DISCIPLINE The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political, social, religious, and artistic. RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. STUDENT AREAS The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters for many student events and provide opportunity for students, both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium, the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study and discussion groups. The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all student activities. The program of student activities is organized through the Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and the Faculty Council. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and to provide students with training in practical democracy and in developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of the entire student body, it is the agency for student government on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent Association has !ken formed by the Student Council. Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities. Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in maintaining order in che Hall. Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors each have their own class organization and participate in student government. ACADEMIC Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further the scientific interests of the students. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. ARTS The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production. Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays are additional means of oral expression. Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the fellowship of music and song. Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers. From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states. The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week. In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o . Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954 were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a "Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting, sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited. ATHLETICS All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at the beginning of the school year. Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster and increase interest in recreational games and sports. Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis, badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self- discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. CITIZENSHIP Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood. Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes. *Human Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations. Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on Political Action during March. The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of the day. SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program. The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to both men and women interested in improving public speaking techniques. Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross, March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys. PUBLICATIONS Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook and Directory. The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work. The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose interests lie in writing, photography, and art. All publications are student operated. Their primary function is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to year from the perspective of the student. RELIGIOUS LIFE The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings. This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows: Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival. Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences. SOCIAL Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. AWARDS Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the % i c e Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Student Personnel Services ADMINISTRATION College students face many new opportunities and not a few problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years of college. In order to help students to make the most of the opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems, Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students. These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee. FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during which they plan their program of study. All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances and vocational aims are discussed. TESTING A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs. Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the students select occupational goals and future careers. COUNSELING The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general counselors to all students. The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor. Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the college community. VOCATIONAL COUNSELING Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling on job opportunities. By means of such informational material and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests. PERSONAL COUNSELING Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances, social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion. HOUSING Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with House and Edda House Morton Hall housing twenty, %am each housing eighteen women. The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students. Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans. Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment, beyond ordinary wear and tear. ROOM APPLICATION Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application. Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. ' After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining room available to students and other groups upon request. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE I + The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence. Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. PLACEMENT SERVICE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. The employment service which assists students in obtaining part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Admission Procedure Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application, together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph, should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I . Requirements for Admission ~ u g s b u College r~ admits as students, men and women of g o d moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad- vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty with college work. Deficiencies Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage. Transfer and Advanced Standing Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted at Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on &e basis of comprehensive examinations. Admission of Veterans Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college. In order to receive college credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. Registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sugcient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. ~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the lbeginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce in order to remain in good standing. By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. Classification In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. Probation and Elimination There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C or better. Class Attendance Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued by rhe Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. Examinations GENERALRULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, h d reports are made at the close of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice. Grade Values A-Superior, g honor points per credit %Very good, 2 honor points per credit I honor point per credit &Satisfactory, M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E--Condition I -Incomplete GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education. sional fields or for a Religion 2 credits each semester English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 6 credits Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature. 3 credits Speech: Course I I Foreign Language 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement. Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC. credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6 I Natural kiences and 3 other 6 credits 8 credits Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4 3 credits Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2. Psychology required in certain fields Orientation required of all Freshmen 4 credits I credit Upper Division MAJORAND MINORS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses. TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR POINTS The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a gade of A. ENGLISHPROFICIENCY In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREEWITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor pointa per credit 2.8-3.0 -7942.1-2.49+ 2.5-2 Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent at least two years in residence are eligible for honors. RECOMMENDATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per credit. CURRICULUMS .. The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for tbe vocation of his choice. Tbe Christiafi Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Frerhmln Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation .................... Health ....................... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English .............. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . or Natural Science. 8 Cr. kiobgy ..................... I 2 1 6 8 6 6 - Sophomore speech .................... Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History .................... or English Literature, 6 Cr. Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 J h New Testament Greek.. ........ Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . . History or English . . . . . . . . . . . . Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6 6 6 2 4 - Senior Youth Work in the Church.. . . . . Principles of Christian Education. .. History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . Economics or Education or Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English (for major or minor). . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s 2 6 3 6 6 6 - The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. Parish and Missionary Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed in the outline below. Freshman Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Sociology . . So&l Problems . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Phpical Activities . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3 Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Junior Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . Principles of Christian Edwatim . . . Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . . Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . ............... General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health ........................ z First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Senior z t 2 n 3 3 I 6 I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb. Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . . Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3 Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Sophomore ' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 \ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6 \3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ~ o r r i g a-ge or N.N.~ Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . .Foreign . . . Language . . . I or N a d phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 H4 T q h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . - 13 - C .7., 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3 Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3 W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 & in Major or Minor.- . . . .14 Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5 Special T&g Me-. ....... 3 Electives ..................... .I4 32 32 - - The program in bminesc administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree. Fruhmvl Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English ............... 6 European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language .............. 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Physical Education ............. I Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6 B h Law .................. 3 Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ele~rireC ~ ................ P 10 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech ............... Natural Science ........ Psychology ............ Principles of Economics . . Introduction to Statistics. Elective credits . . . . . . . . . Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations . . 3 Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9 Secretarial Work Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of a proficiency test . . . . . Pint Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . Elementary Typewriting . Intermediate Typewriting P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g . Otiell~tion............ Phyniul Education ...... Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z Advanced Shorthand ............ 4 Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O9ice Machines ................ 2 Coneumer Edocttion ............ z Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 . 32 V o c a t in ~ Home EEmwmics From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation Physical Education . . . . English . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Physics. . . Principles of Chemistry Art in Daily Living. . . . Clothing Selection . . . . Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . Clorhiig Construction . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . Economics . . . . . . . . . . Marriage and Family Principles af Sociology Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . Child Development . . Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching in High School.. . . . Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color and Design . . . . . . . . . Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 z 3 4 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . History and Philosophy of Educa- z 3 3 r 6 - Home Management Problems. . . . Home Management Laboratory. . Advanced Clothing Construction Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. Dentistry Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry ......................... 8 Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa- . .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0 orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I sly+ - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - . General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 34 32 Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8 .. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4 r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3 orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . 33 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6 . .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6 .......................3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HumoPitiea speech N a d Physical Education . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4 B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 a d t r y .................... Second Year 3 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2 - Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 2 - 14 2 Medical T e c h l o g y Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . General Zoology . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . S p e d ........................ Foreign Language .............. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sacialsciexlce . . . . . Orientatkn . . . . . . . .Health . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education Electives ......... k 8 4 3 8 5 - 32 J 4 -Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4 l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 32 Senior Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd work at General 1for twelve months. 32 Engineering A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics ................ 8 Orientation .................... I Physical Education ............. I Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4: Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8: Survey of European Civilization or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 3.6 36 - - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session. Law The following two-year program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School! at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6 Hnmanitk .................... 6 Eozopean Ci...........6 O r i e n h .................... He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pbpkd Activitk .............. I 2 I - -re Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r. chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6. American Government ........... 6 Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3; General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . + HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f - Medicine ~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of* bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts ~ C ~& &d btamtol ~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~ The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&. &CWb& Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health ........................ z Physical Education ............. I Religion ...................... 4 History or Phdomphy ........... 6 Zoology ..............,....... 8 Psychology .................... 4 Qualitative Analyaia ............ q Quantitative Analysin ? . , ...... 5 Speech .................. , ..... 3 32 34 - Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S o c i d Science .................. German ....................... Organic Chemistry ............. Phyeica ....................... 4 6 8 8 -8 34 Sophomore .. - Senior Religion ....................... 4 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German ....................... 6 Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I Genetics ...................... 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro 32 Social Wad For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 / European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @ Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation ................... I Health ........................ r Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 American Government . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -c Senior 4 6 9 6 7 32 Religion Sociology Statistics Electives ................. , 4 ............... 9 .................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16 32 Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn Religion Philosophy Mr. Olson,-C DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art "" DIVISION OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman -.-History, Political Science, Sociology Education, Psychology Library Science Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Mr. Nash, Chairman Courses of Study Courses marked I are offered &st semester Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester Division of Religion and Philosophy Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of and encouraged to build an the certainties of the Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t of view--to relate himself to Christ aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed d, and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. tbe central realities of Me Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the &I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea. Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement. Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire ~ e ; Testament. I, 2. CHURCH HUTORY.L s Cr. A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip. 3. -ION AND 65 hmnso~~y 2 0. THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN WORLD.n. A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh, of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture. 4. THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I. s Cr. The &nary motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 5. 1955-56.) PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION. n. r Cr. Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 6. 2 Cr. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.I. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion. 7. 8. CHRISTIAN ETHICS. II. t Cr. The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God. The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL See Course 10 under che Department of Music. 2 Cr. GROUPACTMTY. See Course $ 3 under Education. I Cr. 10. zj. Upper Division Colcrses $2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n. 4 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world $3. THECHRISTIAN CHURCHES. I. z a. Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment, docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church. $4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH. H. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra F m churck. PROBLEMS m CHRISTIANLIVING.I. 2 CI. A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 5 5. 56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11. z Cr. A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere. PI~PNwou. L Thb e o ~ ueka c to f m d k h the student with &e work of s7. tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from 4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work. 2 Cr. parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres z cr. GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT. I. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and 59. made aipdicant for our day through the study of a number of g n a t passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n. 2 ~ r . A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor. 15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN ES WESTFXN no^. I, I,. A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought 6 Cr. u rdlected in outrrroding workr in the &I& of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.) INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. SO. I. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge. 25. 26. LOGIC.So. 11. valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11. 6 cr. An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion. 5 4 ~ O L OF Y POLITICAL THOUGWT. Jr., Sr. See c o w 54 under Political Science. II. 3 Cr. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t . 55. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.) X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq. D. 41 or 42. 11. 3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and theology. (Offered 1954-55.) 56. 5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY OF ART. n. 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms 60. through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. 61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.) e: Division of the Humanities AUGSSU~G C~UEGE 68 The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life. Department of Classical Lampages The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present. Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries. GREEK Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for credits the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester, in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. NEWT E S T ~GREEK T ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT ~ GREEK. I, R. 8 0. Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions. I-2.f Upper Division Caurses f I, 52. fin,AND ACTS I-=. 53, 54. LUKEI-= AND n. ROMANS.I, U. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax, and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56; 'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55. w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course. 8 0. 6 Cr. Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.) 3, 4. HEBREW 83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI. See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10. 6 Cr. EXEGESIS.I, 11. 8 5, 86. HEBREW See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18. 4 Cr. Department of English The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity. The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.) Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92; 6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26, Journ. I, or Journ. 3). Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature. Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature. A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high schools. Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses 7 5 and 76. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. IMPROVEMENT OF WRITING.I. o Cr. For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I. A. B. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. 11. o Cr. A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment. FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers. I-2.f FRESENGLISH. I, n. 6 Cr. For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions. 3-4.t MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI. 6 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama. 21, 22. EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research papers. Reading and analysis of models. 25. CREATIVE WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice of the short story. Individual and group projects. 26. Upper Division Colcrses so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing. AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n. 6 Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.) 5 I, 5 2. AMERICANFICTION. I. 3 Cr. A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.) 5 3. AMERICANPOETRY.11. 3 Cr. Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.) 54. W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.I. 2 Cr. See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc. (Offered 1954-55.) 5 5. 56. THEMODERN SCANDINAVIAN D w . II. 7. Cr. See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature. (Offered 1954-55.) THEB m n NOVEL. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 57. 61. ENGLISH LITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT. I. The development of Romanticism in England between 3 Cr. 1798 and 1832. Stress on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor poets. (Offered 1914-55.) 62. VICTORIAN ~ E R A T U B B .II. 3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning. (Offered 1955-56.) CENTURY ~ ENGLISH L~~ERATUE. I. 67. E I G H T E E 2 Cr. The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds. LITERARY CRITICISM. II. 2 Cr. A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and 68. issues which have special relevance for modern thought. 3 cr. The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. 71. INTRODUC~ON TO MODERN ENGLISH. I. 74. s~naesp- 11. 3 Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the ,historical background. 75. MILTON. I. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.) 11. 76. CHAUCER. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.) MODERN DRKMA. I. 2 cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.) 8I. MODERNBR~T~SH ~ h n ~ n n u11 i.. 2 Cr. The more important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions. 82. 91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI. 2 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. 93. I % Cr. FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. z Cr. An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See courses 4 to 7. I. 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER n. z Cr. A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir required. (Offered 1954-15.) FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION. U. 2 Cr. articles and their placement in various The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.) 3. Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL 2 Cr. Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings. These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged. 4~ 5. Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS. I, IL t C c. Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7. ing#. Department of Speech The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought. The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. .fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both ouneeters. All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1 ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor. Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76. 4. REMEDIAL SPEECH. Open to all studena. o Cr. For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright. 3 Cr. BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. 3 Cr. TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11. An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g I 2. aativi*. 15. STORY TELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.) ~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I, ~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate 21, 22. 2 a. question for the year. I Cr. Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor. 24. ORATORY. Open to all students. I. IN~RETAT RJZADING. I V E So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.) 3 I. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING.SO. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and skits; participation in dramatic productions. Upper D i v i s h Cmrses GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1954-51.) 11. SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11. 54. WIO z Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered 1914-55.) 61. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE.Prereq. I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I 2 Cr. Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1955-56.) 2 Cr. PERSUASION. Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11. Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 62. STAGECRAFT. Jr., Sr. 11. s Cr. A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. 64. (Offered 1955-56.) STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d 66. 1954-55.) 2 Cr. SPEECHHYGIENE. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI. Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered 74. 1954-55.) SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 1% cr. OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 95. TEACHING See course 95 under Education. 76. Department of Germatm MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BHEE~PNWG GERMAN.I, IX. 8 0. A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the student attains a reading knowledge. 3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11. 6 Cr. This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the study of easy prose and poetry. -&mstion both -eaters. course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Upfir Division Cmrses 5 I, 5 z. GERM~N LITERATURE. I, TI. 6 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. C Sr. I. 74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES. See course 74 under Education. 1% Cr. Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. Minor, 24 credia. I, n. 8 0. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 14.t BEGINN~NG NORWEGIAN. Fr. INTERMED~TE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, TI. 6 Cb. Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 3-4.t HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.) I I. DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN SCANDINAVIA. 'II. 3 Cr. A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.) 16. SOCIAL Upper Division Co~rses THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr. ature. Jr., Sr. I. The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered 55. DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN 2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. 11. The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.) Sr. I. 7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES. t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb Borh semesters. Department of Romance Languages at& T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d work, nsd bntintrr -tiom indhigh r h l teoehing, tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of p t b k a u r w c o b l e h time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ , and id&. Minor, zo credits I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL 8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . ) INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11. 6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative of French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.) 3-4.t Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr- Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) CONVERSATION, fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL EY. 3 Cr. 12. FRENCHPHONETICS, A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and' composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~. ST. L See course 78 under Education. 78. &or, zo credits. I-2.t h BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 0. The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language. tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student both ~mrtcn. QW complete INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, U. 6 Cr. The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language. 3-4.f Upper Division Collrses SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) 5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) Sr. I. I % Cr. 78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES. See course 78 under Education. 5 I. Department of Music MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST, MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f l o w d dhctam af choral md d pjrma.lh tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~ rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in tbeadafmwk MU& A Graduation Major (36#edits) the cmnple- 7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66; , q &&e 77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt I, 2, of the following: credits from 10, z credits in piano or organ.) A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following: I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano or organ). One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl music majors. - . ~ t h u t h cno w . both semesters. To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d t e * A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d ~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~ Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique. A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following: 7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6 credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in either vocal or instrumental music). I, 2 , A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following: 15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music. I, 2, Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in ,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete semesters. Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass. Fees per semester: Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00. Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00, Brass (class instruction) $14.00. (Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.) , C, TRAINING. I, 11. 4 fi. course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology. r , > k and melody. Special attention is given to right tcales, intervals, triads, ih+, ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation. 4 Cr. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC.I, 11. An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music. Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering bor 8, or have consent of instructor. ,7, 8. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE Cnvacn. ILL a Cr. A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n Cbrud, with &s attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in 10. Uuiatiallity. 4 ck. of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing. -tinuation amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete both semesters. - Upper Division Cwrses 4 fi. monkation of +ed bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion, advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano. 61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Prercq. I, 2. I, IL 4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2. I, IL 4 (3- Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G. Prereq. Jr. I, ll. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 4 Cr. A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who wish training in church choir administration and direction. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 77. MUSICAL ANALYSIS. Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11. 2 Cr. A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 78. TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II. See course 87 under Education. 87. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOL MUSIC.Sr. I. See course 88 under Education. 88. s Cr. 2 Cr. CLUB OR BAND. I, IL z Cr. &on, CHORAL M m s CHORUS.I, 11. I Cr. These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters. s Cr. PIANO.I, n. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week. ?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete both semesters. ORGAN.I, 11. z Cr. Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. I or 2 Cr. n. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE.I, BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I or z Cr. Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra is offered as follows: a) Private instruction-ne lent) per semester. I credit. thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva- thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) b) Class instruction-ne per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, II. 4 Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.) I , 2. PAINTING.I, 11. 4 Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems 3, 4. in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.) Division of the Social Sciences I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'# u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to his vocation. Department of History and Political S d e n c e The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s. For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor. SURVEY OF EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1-2.1 HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTIIIES.I. 3 Cr. See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. I I. -./ r \ HISTORY OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ. 6 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. 21, 22. Upper Division Cmrses AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 5 1. THE RENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.) 52. 53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. A study of Latin America and its development. A !Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 54. EASTERN EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II. The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of 3 a- Rd. CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., 3 Cr. Sr. I. A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including consideration of international policies. 55- 56. A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY. Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 cr. A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.) HISTORY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 62. CANADIAN The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.) EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr. 71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.) 81, 82. THETWENTIETH CENTURY. Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation. (Offered 1954-55.) 101. HISTORY SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty. z Cr. A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing the study of hiitory in a graduate school. <; credits. Minor, OF AMERICAN ~ ~ R N M E N T I, . 11. \,6 C . PRINCIPLES 41-42.? Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester. ,73 Upper Division Courses PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. 5 3 . POLITICAL 3 ,Cr. A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both smesters. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES i 54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. -fi. A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance from ancient Greeks to the present. 56. AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II. !he c o m e 56 under History. 60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or 3 Cr. American Government. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics. TEACHING OF W E SO= STUDIES. Sr. I. See course 86 under Education. 86. I % Cr. Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Minor in Socid Science Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Department of Sociology ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor. Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department of History and Political Science. Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2 also required. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. IN. SOCIOLOGY.I. A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change. 2. %Brto-s. Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL 3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh wx & p i n of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of there proceand adjustment problems. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. See course 4 under Department of Business Administration. 14. HUMAN GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI. 3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions. 16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II. 3 Cr. See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 22. SOCIOLOGY OF R u m L F IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis ia placed on the dynamics of change. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. I. Upper Division Courses SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I. 3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors, cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships. 51. CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. 3 Cr. THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I. j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the ~ ~ of modern c nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization, and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.) . Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. 54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 93. k d INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 0. Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.) 55. 56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n. See course 56 under Department of Business Administration. 3 FIELDSOF S O CWORH. ~ Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, other community agencies. 57. crCr. and the and COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES.I, n. t Cr. The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff. 59, 60. SOCI~~L PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s , and eocial control. 61. 86. TEACHING OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I. See course 86 under Education. I % Cr. Department of Psychology and Education Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught on ,the high school level. AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52. In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology. No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. PSYCHOLOGY O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters. I. I G. freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep aration, and development of personality. D e a i g d .to &st PSYCHOLOGY AND ORENTATION. Fr. I. This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology 3 Cr. and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted. 3. I JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer per week. GENERALPSYCHOWGY. I, TI. 4 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6. eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq. heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life. SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY. I. See course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 61. 3 Cr. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11. A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of 62. their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d I95 5 - 5 6.) , PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 51. EDUCATIONAL A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school context. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11. 5 1. TEAC~IWG T d b gw Min m b h m w md c 00 & 3 Cr. h management. hcludu a study of the secondary need# of youth. 53, 54. GROUPA c m r Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion 6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and 52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. PPP~CIPLES OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11. 3 G. A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t gaidaria, including counseling. 5 5. HXSTOPY AND PHILO~OPHY OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are 58. Tbe casn S U ~ . Specid Tescbing Metbods The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization, lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W. TEACH~NG OF G ~ M A N I C LANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I. T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. T E A C H ~ OF G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I. T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 1% Cr. 1% 0. I % Cr. 1% 0. % Cr. I % Cr. I Cr. z Cr. r Cr. 1% Cr. t Cr. 1 % Cr. 2 4 to 5 Cr. Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I. 96. STUDENTTEACHING. Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college mpervisor and selected critic t&. The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor ahe &l . . &ra,nyB n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation, . a iwho01 in library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader. Minor, 16 credits. 3 Cr. BASIC FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY. Jr. I, 11. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.) y 5-56?. 57-58t. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1955-56.) S9-60f. SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.) I Cr. 61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I. Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.) 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.) t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. .. Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics and.Seaetarial Studies W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate work in business and economics. Major, P d i t s ; courses required are Speech I I and History 21 and 22. I , 2, Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are Upper Division courses. I, 2. PRINCIPL~S OF I, 4, I 1, I 6, z, 4, I y, 13. Also required are I6 and six credits in ACCOUNTING. FL I, n. An introduction to the -principles of accounting and their application single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. a. ,, INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U. A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series, tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data. 4- 15, p- 16. PWCIPLES OF ECONOMICS. SO. I,n. .;6-,G. A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$ p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia , public life. Upper Division Courses MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I. 3 0. A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d , and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and 5 I. in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations. (OfTered 1951-16.) 7 - - -- social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro governmeat legislation. 3 Cr. LABOPAND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by -0 d h &dr The objective ia to picture the dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur and to investigate pordbiitk cb rt%ir*ing b y cam^ of &e whole through edacation and 56. ' government control. 3 Cr. PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1. An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration problems. (Offered 1954-55.) 5,. 59. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. Prereq. I, 2, 4, 15, 16. E. I. 3 Cr. The p-e of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal* of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd. -- 3 Cr." 60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION. Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes, expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization. BUSINESS FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62. tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term capital financing are studied. SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling, market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected seniors in business. 71, 72. ?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr ~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue. t h o in A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum hous, including I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration 16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. , including A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16. of 37 I . 2, I J , ELEMENTARY T Y P E W R ~Offered G . both semesters. I Cr. A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three burs , p r week. I. 2. EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11.. 2 Cr. P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 6 Cr. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND. Prereq. 2. I, 11. Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. ,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters. 2 Cr. S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week. 8. fCo~itm&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte both semesters. 5 I. Upper Division Cmrses ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING. I. JZ. SEC~BTARIAL P R a c n a . Prereq. z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week. I , 2, 3-4. 11. 3 Cr. Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development, and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job. Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week. ~ N C E SHORTHAND. D I, n. 4 Cr. Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week. 82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS. I % Cr. Sr. I. See course 82 under Education. J 3-54.$ Depertment of Home Economics MISS SEGOLSON, MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that d l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond, to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57. 66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ. Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6. Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or 'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md 76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course plonr. I. CLOTHING SELECTION, C a m , AND bus. I. 3 fi. A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing. B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered. +tinuation both semesters. course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. II. 2 Cf. course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per t. This ,we&. 3. Am w DAILY LIVING.I. 3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all rtudents. E L B ~ ~ NOF T SNUTRITION. 11. 3 Cr. Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 7. GROUPACTMTY. See courses 53, 54 under Education. 23. 33. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging, and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week. 36. CMETS.II. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1955-56.) PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 7 or af h u u c t o r . I, 11. pe&n 6 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 39, 40. MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II. 3 Cr. A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m . 42. CHILD DEVELOPMENT. IL 2 Cr. A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. 44. Upper Division Cmrses 57. TEXTILES. I. s Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection, me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory hours a week. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.) n. 66. HOME PLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls, r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting, arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per week 68. F ~ I L HEALTH. T I. r Cr. Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. 2 Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One lecture period and one double laboratory period per week. HOMEMANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. 2 Cr. ~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.) 72. CONSUMER EDUCATION AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N It.T . t CT. The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 73. 76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION. G Prereq. 2. U z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics 91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS. and Education 5 2. Sr. I. z Cr. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics l e n rhc p w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the of Narurd Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives of his feuow men. &&c Department of Biology The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count toward the major or minor. WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11. O Cr. I-zt. THE NATURAL The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and ences. Four discussions. gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week. Designed particularly for student nurses. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 - ~ 4GENERAL .t ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. ' 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week. I $ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete b t h sem+ters. GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II. 8 ~r. y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f W by a -. of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week 25, 26. Thk m a d 51. Upper Division Courses GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1955-56.) 4 Cr. ECOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.) 52. 5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I. 3 G. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 54. GENERAL BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II. 4 Cr. A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 55. 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. U. 1-2 Cr. Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.) 80. TEACH~NG OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 1% Cr. The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective u promotion of acient%c proach. thinking and sciendfic ap- Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied Mathematics. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward the major or minor. THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II. For course description see Department of Biology. r-zt. 8 Cr. 3N. CHEMISTRY FOR NURSES.I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 4. 4. AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11. 8 cr. 5-6.f INORGANIC A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. 4 Cr. 5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II. 5 Cr. General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week. 5 2. ORGANICCHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. 8-10 Cr. A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.) 53-54.t $6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete both semesters. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics 5 and 6. Sr. II. 5 Cr. An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 55. PHYSICS Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor. THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. For corn description see Department of Biology. 1-2$. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home. 3. or concurrent registration in Math. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. I 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I. A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science considered. 5 I. 4 Cr. theory, physics will be ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week. 52. 80. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Teacbiug Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Dqxrtment of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits. Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. 3' Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. A. B. SOLIDGEOMETRY. Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So. I, II. 10 Cr. This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I , 2. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Prereq. B. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 5. ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY. ~ Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 6. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 5 Z. ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. SO., Jr. I, 11. I0 0. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are developed and applications made. SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY. Prereq. z. Sr. I 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb. 53. 54. THEORYOF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. 84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I. Cr. I Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote a weli-rounded physic21 education program. health and physical fitness &ugh to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse of the physical education program. A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major and Minor Requirements: Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 , 5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84. Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84. Minor, formen: 21 2, credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54 j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen. Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96 Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education. PERSONALAND COMMUNITY ~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11. I Cr. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. I Cr. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school 5. mema -~ONAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. n. I cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and m&ed games. 6. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.) 8. I Cr. TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. I I. 12. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf. 4 Cr. 13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11. Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 16. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.) 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.) 27. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. r Cr. Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football, basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.) 29. Ufifier Division Courses PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. 2 Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-. (Offered 1954-55.) 50. SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, bumbling, boxing, and wrestling. 5 I. FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS. Jr. II. I 0. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women. (Offered 1955-56.) 52. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh and physical education curriculum. 53. AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 54. ORGANIZATION EDUCATION. Sr. IL 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and physical education. 2 Cr. COACHING OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I . Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor. 55. 56. COACHING OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II. 2 a. Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor. Sr. II. I Cr. 84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.) r Cr. 85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11. PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational work. (Offered 1954-55.) 94. TEACHING OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL E D U C ~ ~ OSr. N . I. Mcchods and materials in health and physical education. 2 Cr. Augsburg Theological Seminary Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d the guidance of the Holy Spirit. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Admiseion The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek German, or Latin, or Norwegian Philosophy z I years year In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many as possible of the following: English Speech Psychology History Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education Typewriting 2 I I 2 I I I years year year years year year year All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college. Applications for Admission Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church. 4. A catificate of good health. These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faaulty before July &st. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg. Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher theological seminaries of recognized standing. Conditions and Incompletes A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high. Expenses Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester. S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s . See page 2 5 . Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the rhree years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Facultv Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology. Seminary Internship In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune. A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service per;ad. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Service. COURSES OF STUDY* Theological Orientation Courses J& Yen THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief I. source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical *With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical z Cr. origin of the Biblical writings. 4. THEOL~GICAL PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and to the whole realm of human knowledge. I Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO DOGMATICS. A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of Luther. I Cr. Old Testament & STENSVMG FOR BEGINNERS. The &st year is devoted to a study of the 9-10. HEBREW essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr. torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual 3 Cr. freedom. (Offered 1916-57.) I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr. lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.) 16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the 3 Cr. post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.) 17-18. HEBREW EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.) 4 Cr. A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned I Cr. topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.) New Testament 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 22. 23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. 25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the r Cr. English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.) 26. 1-12. THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered 1954-55.) 3 Cr. 27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions in English. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. INTERPRETATION OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The 28. problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the ,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.) Church History MR. SONNACK 40-41. 'lh. EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.) 4 Cr.. 42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr. form. (Offered 1956-57.) ment 43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr.. Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.) 44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on 2 Cr, the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.) CHURCHHISTORY. Early colonization; planting of churches; 45. &=CAN church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . ) OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development 46. THE HISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr. 47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered 1956-57.) I Cr- Systematic Theology fi.&ON . intended to introduce the student to the field 50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of 2 Cr. the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.) 11. THEOLOGY ~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special 3 Cr. topics. (Offered 1954-55.) 52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church. 4 Cr. (Offered 1955-56.) 54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls .of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.) 4 Cr. 56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its .doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.) z Cr. 57. COMPARATIVE SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr. tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry. SOUL-CARE AND THE SPIRITUAL LFE. A study of Christian experience 61. and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr. 62. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad. This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help. I Cr. 6 3 . EVANGELISTICS. A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions, 2 Cr. .and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF E PREACHING.Technical and psychological ,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation and constant practice in delivery. Middlea. z Cr. 'lining 67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers are studied. Senion. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.) z Cr. 71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.) I Cr. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr. 73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr. An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.) I Cr. D. Christim Education and Sociology 76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION. Studies in the application of basic principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.) z Cr. 78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task z Cr. of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement. 79. CHRISAND SOCLU WOE This course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr. ports, and institutional visits. Student Register THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954 Third Year Berkland, Theodore A. Christopherson, James E. . .Minneapolis Valley City, N. D. . . . . . ..Minneapolis .. ... . . . . . . . Erickson, Stanley R. .............. Gudim, Milo D. . . . . .McVille, N. D. . . . . . .Minneapolis Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . . Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . . Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar . . . . . . .Minneapolis Storley, Calvin . . . . Vaagenes, Morris G. . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D. . . . . . . Minneapolis ............ .. Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin . . . . . .Minneapolis Anenson, LeRoy H. . . Dahle, Norman A. . . . . Halverson, William H. Johnson, Morris M. . . Oman, Lyman F. .Racine, Wis. ....... ... ... . . . . Rokke, David H. ... Swanson, Edward E. . . Amery, Wis. Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Thorpe, Gordon D. . . Underbakke, Leland B. Aniwa, Wis. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis First Year Edinburg, N. D. Berntson, Rudolph E. . Carlsen, Glenn T. . . Goodrich, Quentin A. Lyngdal, Lloyd W. Peterson, Gerald J. Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis , , , , , , , , . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Quanbeck, Quentin G. - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rimmereid, Arthur V. . . . . Stenberg, Roger W. Unseth, Malcolm W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha New Rockford, N. D. . . . . . .Portland, Ore. .. Specials Estness, Borghild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash. Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , , . . .Minneapolis . .Minneapolis Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Registered for second semester only. COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954 SENIORS Aosen, Hildegarde E. . Allor, Donold J. . . . . . . Andersen, Donald W. . . Anderson, Arthur L. . . . Anderson, Janice A. . . . Anderson, Robert H. (1) . . .Winger Minneapolis . . . .Wayzoto .Minneopolis .Minneapolis . Minneapolis Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . . Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . . Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . . Botko, Willord J. . . . . St. Louis Park . .Minneapolis . .Ottowo, Ill. .Minneapolis Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . . Corlson, Roger E. . . . . Chilstrom, Herbert W. . Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . . . .Minneapolis Minneapolis . Litchfield . Minneopolis Dill, Donald J. Dorr, Ardis S. . .Elk River . .Mentor Argusville, N. D. Longseth, Robert V. . Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis Marquordt, William G. . . . . . .St. Paul . . . .Worthington Mothiason, Alan E. Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior. Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Gordon A. . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock Cumberland, Wis. Nyhus, Edward 0. Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con. Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis. Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . . ~ i ~ ~ ~ Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis. Evenson, Leland E. . . . . . . ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Fisher, W. . . . . . . . . . Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~ Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ i ~~~l~~~ ~ r K.t ~ . . .~. . .~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ h Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis ~ ~ b paulette ~ t . .~. whitefish, ~ ~ M, ~ ~ ~ . Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D. P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul kolf, ~~~i~ Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D. Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D. Sandquist, Shirley K. . . . . .Cambridge Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Skogen, Clyde L. . . . . . . . . . . . Isle Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D. Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D. tSolberg, Marilyn Y.. . . . . . . .Ray, N. D. Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Trelstad, Jerome C. . . . . .Minneapolis Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis. Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis. Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Warner, Elaine W. (1) . . . . . . . . Duluth Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D. ~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D. Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D. Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. t Deceased, September 28, 1953. Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . . Men ............ Women . . . . . . . . . Spring Grove JUNIORS Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis. Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria .St. Paul Anderson, Theodore W. ........ Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis. Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro Bodin, Wesley J. .Minneapolis Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D. Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis .......... Collins, Jane B. ............. .Monticello Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dronen, Richard A. .Minneapolis ........ Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can. Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck .Mlnnwpolh Halling, Beverly J. Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D, Hansen, Ronald M. .Park Ridge, 121. Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver ......... ..... Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon .Minneapolis Johnson, Merlyn R. (2). ..... Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D. Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead Lelvis, Patricia M. .Chatham, Mich. Ludviksen, Stanley B. .Portland, Ore. Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park ....... ..... Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass. Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis. Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul ..........Minneapolis ..............Madelia ........ .Minneapolis .........Golden Valley Nelson, Lennart D. Nelson, Philip A. Nordstrom, Ethel C. Olson, Damaris R. Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston Pousi, Ruth M. Quanbeck, Paul M. ..........Minneapolis Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis Roesler, William A. (2) .St. Paul ......... Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill. Siegel, Donald W. (1). .Chicago, Ill. Skaar, David W. Rockford, Ill. Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D. Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson ...... ........... Thoreson, Wayne 1.. Twedt, Agnes S. Tweet, Agnes M. ............Peterson ........ .McHenry, N. D. .......Tunbridge, N. D. West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill. Wolden, Gerhard P. Estherville, Iowa ..... Men ............................ Women (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. ..................Dam1 Total 58 .........................29 ......................... 87 SOPHO Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis. Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie Anderson, Keith 0. . . .Sacred Heart Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis. Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D. Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111. Homme, Gloria (1) . . .Minneapolis Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis Barber, Robert E. . . . . . Boxter, Gerald . . . . . . Berg, Robert M. (1) . . . Berkas, Theodore S. . Berntson, Irving E. .. Beyers, Jomes R. M. . Boroos, J. Shermon . Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 ) Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul .Saginow, Mich. . . . .Robbinsdale . . . . . . . St. Paul . . . . . . Kenyon . . ..Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . .Dowson . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis . .Clorkfield Christensen, Orlo J. . . Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis. . . . . . . . Brainerd Conyers, LeRoy H. Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton Dohl, Marilyne J. . Dohl, Sylva M. . . . Dickens, Clora M. . Doerr, Wayne P. (2) . . Glenburn, N. D. . . . . . . . . .Wasem . Harrisburg, S. D. . . . . . Minneapolis Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D. Erickson, George H. Tacoma, Wash. Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Glenwood Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. . Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . . Bagley Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . . McGregor Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis. Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gennrich, Gretchen G. . . . .Minneapolis Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D. Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena, . Wis. Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis. Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash. Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis. Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D. Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash. Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis. Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich. Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill. Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore. Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis. Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis Minneapolis Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . . Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Bertha . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Quanbeck, Norman J. Rowig, Bruce W. Rudell, Violeite I. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Aniwa, Wis. Thorpe, Mark C. . . . . Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . Thorvig, Kathryn L. . . . . Minneapolis Urness, John L. .Thief River Falls Saastad, Jerrold A. . Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade Northwood, N. D. Sather, Dayne W. . Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D. . . .Buxton, N. D. Stoa, Harold M. . . . . Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh . Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D. Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis. Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2) ... Fargo, N. D. Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 - Total ......................... 131 FRESHMAN Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif. Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont. Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill. Braseth, Mary Ann . . . .Amery, Wis. Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck . Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burke, Dorothy A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis ... Carlson, Jerry D. . . . Carlson, Roger A. . . Carlson, Stanley C. . . Carrelli, Robert A. . . Christensen, Arlett P. Christensen. Don E. . Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . . . .Montevideo Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis West Concord Emerson, Myron A. (2) . Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D. Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian Flockoi, Rolf A. (1). . Bellingharn, Wash. Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill. Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis. Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor Grimtad, S a m ................Benson Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D. Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont. Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D. Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore. Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis. Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D. Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick . Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jeska Robert ................... Fosston Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill. Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St. . Paul Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . . St. Paul Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D. Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata Kolden, Lois J. . . . . . . . .Portland, Ore. Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D. Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis. Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore. Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y. Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D. Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale . . . . . . . .St. James Munson, Howard E. Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Murch, Constance H. Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis. Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis. Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale . . . . . .St. James Olsen, Duane A. . . . . Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich. Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Jeanette I. . . . . Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson . . . .Minneapolis Rodintz, Rolland A. . Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis. . . . Minneapolis Reinke, Martin F. (2). . Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D. Rokke, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Strandquist Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D. Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis. Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis. Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill. Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D. Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D. Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis. Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D. Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines Stewart, Williom H. (1) . . . .Minneapolis Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D. Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill. . . . . . .Minneapolis Tatting, Jean F. . Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D. Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D. Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont. Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y. Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Men . . Women Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 ........... -. . . . 262 SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla. Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis. Manthie, Russell ( 1 ) Martinsen, Ralph W. (2) Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2) ill^^, james W. (2). . . . . . ~ ~~ ~l W. Bucyrus, ~~ l ~ N. d D. , ~~ Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J. paulson, philip H. Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. keichstadt, ~ l H. ~. . ~ Rundquist, Bertil G. (1) . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Fenske, Delmour W. Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash. Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D. Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis Okan, ROY C. (1). oudol, Yvonne M. . Minneapolis d. .Center City , Minneapolis ,. . Minneapolis Chicago, Ill. Siegel, David Sigle, Clara 0. Thompson. Agnes E. . . . . .Minneapolis Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis . . Thorson, Arthur W. New Brighton Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth, ~ Marvin S. . . . Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . . Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). . Willmar Larson, Robert C. (1) .. Robbinsdale Magnuson, Albert C. .... Minneapolis ..Minneapolis . Minneapolis Men . . Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 .................. 12 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42 JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1) Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale . .Hallock Axelson, Evangeline L Grand Marais Bocklund, Elizabeth A. . Superior, Wis. Barbo, Betty A. . . . . Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo Carlson, Darlene L. Duis, Elaine E. Strandquist .. Waseca . . . ,Winger Flermoen, DeLois C. Herald, Berdine L. . Horton, Barbara A. Jacobson, Melba L. Johnson, Esther M. . . . . .. . .. La Crosse, Wis. . Minneapolis . . . . .Sebeka Viroqual Wis. (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. . . .Minneapolis Langford, Phyllis A. Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis. Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis. 0krina, ~~~l~~ E. . . . . . . . olson,~~~l~~ J. . . . . . Schauer, Carol F. . . Shultz, Joan C. . . . . Stenseth, Claudine M. Tollefson, Junice K. veitch, b r b a r a L. Vik, Margaret A. . . Cottonwood . . . . . .Canby . . . . . . . .Waseca . Spokane, Wash. .Wallace, S. D. ... .L'Anse, Mich. ...-.. Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis. St. Paul Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . 26 FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1) Adelsman, Barbara J.. . . . . . Fergus Falls Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Huntley Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur Bensend, Mary B. . . . . . Dallas, Wis. Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Iverson, Ellenetta Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond, Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland, Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek, Denison, Rosella J. Driessen, LaVon M. Wis. Iowa Falls Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Faribault . Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill. Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D. Erickson, Elaine L. , . .Monmouth, Ill. Evenson, M. Elaine . . Wallace, S. D. Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon Frauendienst, Virgene C. . . .Brownton Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa Geschwind, Marlene A. . . . .Sleepy Eye Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis. Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0 (1) Registered for first semester only. . . . . . . . . Decorah, Iowa Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis. Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n . Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D. Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M. Redfield, S. D. Mager, Delvonna C. . . . . Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont Miller, Marcia R. . . . Grantsburg, Wis. Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa . . . . . . . . Benson Mortenson, Marjorie A. Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood . Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville , .Pennington Neuman, Loris E. . . Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada . . . . . .Bagley Norley, Clarice R. . Minneapolis Norstrom, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Siren Nyberg, Joan M. . . Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . . .Greenbush Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada Olson, Sonia L. Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis. Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake Raduenz, Janice B. Rancore, Dorothy C. .... .Lucan . . . . . . . Blackduck Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis R ~ jane ~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D. Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D. Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland . . . . . .Willmar Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . . Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove Snustad, Margaret . . . , , Winger Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge Steen, H. Gael ... . . 'SuperiOrf Wis' Stone, Glorio A. . . Strandell, June E. . ..............Zumbrota . .Warren Sugg, Joan M. . . . . . . .Ladysmith' Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield Swedberg, Janet M. . . . . . . . .La Moille . . . . . . Fergus . Falls Swenson, Marlys G.. - .Lake Mills. Iowa Thompson, Darlene M. Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy Uleberg, Janet A. Ullestad, Mavis B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia . Van Diest, Frances L.. . . Leland, Iowa . . . . . . St. Cloud Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Totol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GRADUATES 1953 SEMINARY With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Edinburg, N. D. Berntson, Gordon N.. . . Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D. With the degree of Graduate in Theology Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Schafer, Harold R. Wessington Springs, S. D. Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. COLLEGE With the degree of Bachelor of Arts Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul Aaskov, Ruth Lucille Cumberland Center, Maine Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D. Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash. Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D. Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D. Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J. Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D. Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Hagen, Marvin L. Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D. Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D. Hodne, Richard Haldor .Minneapolis Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis .... Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D. Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur Lingen, John Russell .Minneapolis Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundgren, David Dean .Minneapolis ........ ...... .....St. Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich. Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont. Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D. Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D. Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash. Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D. Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis. Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D. Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D. Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill. Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D. Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill. Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr. Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill. Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis Paul Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich. Zustiak, Mildred Ruth .......Minneapolis Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 82 26 - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954 FIRST SEMESTER SEMINARY . . . . . . . . . . . Men Students . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . Total .. . 28 1 . . . . . . . . . . - ........ COLLEGE Men Students . . Women Students ........ ........ Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECOND SEMESTER SEMINARY Men Students ................................................... Women Students ....................................... .. Totol 30 . ...................................................... -1 COLLEGE Men Students Women Students Total 367 ................................................ .......................... . . 186 - .......................... Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 -0 584 TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 1 ........................................................ COLLEGE Men Students ......................... ................. Women Students ................................................ Total 30 ..................................................... 414 .. 351 - Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 796 2 SUMMARY OF GRADUATES SEMINARY ................................ . Total , , - .. , , , . . - - - ............. COLLEGE , , , , - - . . . . . . . . . ........................ Total ......... Total Graduates ... INDEX Page Academic. Administration ........... 44 Amunts. Payments of .............. 16 Accreditation ................... .2. 20 Admission. College ................ 44 Admission. Seminary ............... 103 Administration .................... 5 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Aims. Fundamental ................ 17 Alumni Association. The ............ 20 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36 Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Band ........................ .34, Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration. Curriculum . . Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 79 95 5 20 56 89 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79 Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110 Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108 Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39 College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112 committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52 Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73 Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58 Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Education, Department of Psycholm and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W, 43 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60 English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49. Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49 Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26 Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . Financial Support and Control . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . . . . . German. Department of . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870.1953). Summary Graduation Requirements. College Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52' Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Page . . . . 68 lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Lower Division Requirements . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99 Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61 Membership in Educational Associations 20 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54 Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of ..................... 95 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107 Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59 Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106 . Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73 Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54 Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Physical Education. Department of Health and .................... 100 Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103 Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Page Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . . Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Romance Languages. Department of . . . Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 27 46 47 64 39 52 76 42 Scandinavian Language and Literature. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56 Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 7 Seminary. Faculty ................. Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105 Seminary Internship ............... 105 Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81 Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40 . . . . . 111 Student Register . . . . . . . . . Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 _ Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85 Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5 Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49 Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103 Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103 Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111 Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104 Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52 Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first Avenue South. The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e following Jines: I. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin 2. ?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside 3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue 4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue - - - - = s ~ M - e H d Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5 - - % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~ -i &-Hdl- - sv- - &use - - ~ - l & ofice Library LI 0 5 0 1 a m to 5 :oo p.m. m: A+ ~ - * a.m. to 12:30 p.m. Saturday-8:jo lhmimries Mumolinl * - - - - - - - - - ~ - - ~- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A T 9143 - A T 905s - AT9112 - MA 9949 - - - - - MA 9229 - - AT 9290 - M A 9590 - MA 9161 - - LI 0505 - GE 2468 - - - ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity, and general information about the institution. OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests for admission to the Theological Seminary. SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY - EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR - HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life. DEAN OF STUDENTS For information that does not appear to be covered above AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1979-1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of C o n t e n t s PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 42, EXPENSES PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 142, FACULTY PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 153, INDEX PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC COURSE .......... The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR ............. .A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE FEE .......... ..A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. .................. Charges LOAN made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. ...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE ...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, i s more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities is available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1600 i s largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are residentstudents, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service t o Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available t o you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students o n skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n onearea or major. Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand t h e Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of The Campus Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students t o learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital i n the process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. ,< - \.- .-' .Z Campus Guide A. B. C. D. E. 1. Admissions House 2. West Hall 3. Library 4. Science Hall 5. O l d Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10. Memorial Hall 11. Art Studio and Art Annex 12. O l d Music Hall 13. Si Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Music Hall 18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus o n Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located i n relation t o each other. Following i s a brief description of each building. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Speech and Drama Building, was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided i n this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated i n 1955. Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative otfices. The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. - - The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry i s offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers i n business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks t o assist its students through their academic experience t o better understand themselves and the world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities i n this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o take a personal interest i n their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term paper topics, and directions t o other local sources of information, The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls i n four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest i n music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study and participation i n activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested' i n communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. I n the humanities area, students may select courses i n literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered i n science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the Universityof Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses i n the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. . Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect t o English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; participate in the cooperative program t o Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 undertake a specific course or major not course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and leges have coordinated calendars. The upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, another campus. A regularly scheduled history, political science, psychology, and bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e sociology courses to fulfill the remainder campuses. of the distribution requir,ements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This Computer Programming. Augsburg and group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South ment whereby students may transfer the Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer novative curricular programsfor students, programming taken at CDI to Augsburg interchange and sharing of academic perCollege. sonnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban ing students in the school of nursing at affairs conference, and development of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and struction in biology, chemistry, and other resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications tions of the Upper Midwest. for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly t o the hospital. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which enables qualified students t o receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program i s completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student t o receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. wishes t o participate i n an international program. Admission t o this program requires an application t o b e approved by t h e director of 'the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity. Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. While Augsburg not Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior t o the year one Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type o f study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re- cently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program Interim. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arisingfrom the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center i s a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet i n the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate i n some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context i n which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created t o support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers t o the rnany questions you have about college life. you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want t o expand your cross-cultural awareness, you can contact a staff member t o help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information o n current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t b improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able t o facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two t o a room,with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it i s large enough t o meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing i s available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one in the area of education. Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this i s a good place to work them out. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. International Students Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government is organized intothe executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held i n the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives i n the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right t o inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact thecenter for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and e'mployment practices. A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process for Freshmen 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 15 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses i n religious studies. Registered Nurse Students, seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must also complete the Department of Second Step Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent t o the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4.. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them in the transition to college and to the United States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships is available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program i s offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also,it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfuIly completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which i s required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board is $1620 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.1. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the n ~ r m afull-time l academic load. If the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if financial need i s established for those not i n this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest on the loan. Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever i s less and the aggregate maximum i s $7500. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Pro- gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar- ship'Grant (Code 6500' receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with Droven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. 5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given t o those in music and/or elementary education. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. 6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS 7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. - Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. 8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving student. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o twodeserving junior/ senior students. - 4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship -distributed annually t o needy and deserving students. - 11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black student. 3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually t o members of racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who i s preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically t o students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship -awarded to oneor more upperclass students interested in the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to .one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. CHEMISTRY Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. - 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or thesciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. David and Michelle Christianson ~ ~ t scholarship h ~ - awarded ~ ~ to an able and deservingstudent inthe field of mathematics. - Winners selected by English MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. ENGLISH faculty. 2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by Library staff. MUSIC faculty. - Winners selected by Music 1. O.T. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk basis of skilled performanceor aptitude in stringed instruments. 7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. 5' The leonard and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." faculty. The Theodore ,. - icho~rs~ip awardedannually to an upperclass student majoring in SOCIOLOGY Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses The costs expressed herein are for the 1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o change without notice. TUITION Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day. - $3,365 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects t o omit an interim or t o graduate in December, a refund i s not authorized. A part-time rate of $470 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing i s one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE An application fee of $10.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge i s $280.00. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Nursing Admission Test, $15 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are $130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made i n the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,620. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year i s due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $3,365 No student i s permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,620 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII resident students: $100.00 advance deposit. Required at time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five days of classes. 90% .from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division i s elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Duane lohnson Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, .German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 f o r Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 cours,es of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. (Except for elementary education and Second Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required.) 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishIll) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383, and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system; some others are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I)may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register- ing for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude 3 . 8 - 4.0 grade Magnacumlaude 3.6 - 3.79 Cum laude 3.3 - average grade average 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. l ndependent Study Independent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed i s not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College i s approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consultwith the Officeof the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classifiedas full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. Grade reports are issued to students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersoris or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Classification . Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts. Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts. Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts. .. . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department Symbol #Consent of instructor Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1977-78 ................................................. 1,838 Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478 Summary of Graduates .................................................... 6,991 .............................. 299 Graduates, 1870-1977 Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978) Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Crier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 237, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 720, 722, 123, 251 Education 478# Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326, 370, 377, 427 Sociology 777, 373, 387,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat other colleges should-be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject t o change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience i n urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year t o year. (Spring) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies t o the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature i n area of student's choice. Consult with director t o determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118,221,223,225, and 250. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) STUDIO ART 242 FILM M A K I N G 107 DRA'WING Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 250 CERAMICS I 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o the making - of .pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given t o black and white, and photographic processes. A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY An introduction t o the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS I1 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING I1 223 PRINT M A K I N G I Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718. Fall, Spring) Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978) 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 478 SCULPTURE II Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 7979-80) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoricto modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered Summer, 7977, 7979-7980) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century. (Offered 7 935-75) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o modern times. (Spring, 7979, Alternate years) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the present. (Offered 7978-79) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7 980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART Early Christian through late Gothic and A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 7977 and alternate years) Biology Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses i n earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation i n seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) 108 MICROBIOLOGY 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 107 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must Basic microbial features are considered as well asapplications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476. 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring) 473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes w h i c h occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well asdescriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and o n e additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers i n accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251, and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 i s strongly recommended) In addition, courses i n data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended. NOTE: The department i s currently planning to introduce a new major in marketing and a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer- aided Research Methods, lntroduction to Marketing, Managerial Economics, Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations Research and Research Methods for Economics and Business. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major i n Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible,in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I A, analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES dent the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 483 AUDITING An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years.) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the stu- The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) ECONOMICS MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied economics and a new area of public policies studies. In addition to the courses listed below. the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical Economics, History of EconomicThought, Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s , Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, eco- nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE An introduction to micro-economics.,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) - 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 723. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program w i l l afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life' sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115, 116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years o f #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall; 706, Spring) reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry. Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace .analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Designed f o r non-chemistry majors, medical technologists, and others i n allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775. Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied i n the first semester. Applications of these concepts t o areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds i n the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge o f German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation t o solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). East Asian S t u d i e s Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Components of the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses i n Japanese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. - Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. ?he courses, Orientatio" to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Steve Reuter, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Soc 231 Sociology of the Family Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music (1/2 course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (M course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (W course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select a situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements in a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation 2. 3. 4. 5. course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of t.he Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359,478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) Education Department Licensure Program courses. GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary) EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (% course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256 or #. Fall, Spring) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #) Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods % course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) % course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods ?hcourse (Spring) 376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) -- 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized 359 REFERENCE SERV~CES IN THE research projects not otherwise provided LIBRARY for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most which meets the of frequently used by studentsand librarians. faculty. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) LIBRARY SCIENCE 399 INTERNSHIP M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) Independent study and research o n some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly.,A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course i n the English language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and Guidance. In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program to department chairperson early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses in writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in their course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring) 226 CREATIVE WRITING The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 JOURNALISM An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets t o Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 7 980-87) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80). 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given t o the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 M O D E R N POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairpersons. Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 7980-87) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Open t o junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals below their level may only do so for a grade of P/N. Students with previous language study should register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useableskill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career information. Language majors and minors must consult with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking de.partmental honors must apply no later than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered i n conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed t o introduce the student with no previous background in French t o the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures: Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. Explores topics of current interest i n both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment, grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 7 979) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years. Spring 7980) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f all majors. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual,social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements i n style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (177, Fall; 772, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in termsof their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice i n speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE l The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the- elements of' theory through reading, analyzing and discuss. Ing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. I n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 371 or #.) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language, (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Coethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century t o the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #) literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according t o foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Japanese Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) wegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 772 or equivalent. Spring) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring) Norwegian 312 OLD NORSE MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not reauired. Norwegian language minors wili have special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring 7 980) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Nor- This study o f Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work i n the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years.) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring 7987. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses i n humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #. Spring 7980) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352, Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written re- ports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Richard Nelson M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four. areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o the regular history major a social science maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. . H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall 7980-87) 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Fall) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1979-80) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 7 980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division .. students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 412 PERIODS AND STUART A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. (Fall) 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire t o the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course i s designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be o n Western Asia. Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 7980-87) 463 MODERNSOUTHEAST A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80) 464 MODERN A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion of China's i;olationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. (Fall) 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 7980-87) 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maxi- mum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and. human environment. (Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman) MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. , H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. ties in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequali- Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily f r o m the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa11) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or 725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling dis- tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between student and department. COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction to computer methods includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction t o computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language i n numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry 351-352. However, credit for both Biology 367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two required upper division biology courses may not include Biology 367. Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course. Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons w h o already have t h e baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related t o subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program i s located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures i n both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 FIELD EXPERIENCE Structured field course focusing o n plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips t o other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to 383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major i n Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of thesophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform i n music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance.Studies; recital performance. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department o f Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals i s required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration i s required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required t o pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring t o Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H The Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, directors, and pre-theological stu- of music through the selected of great 'Omstudy posers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) dents. 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. Works of 20th Century composers w i l l be chosen according t o instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that in-depth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) M U S l C THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background i n the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally, membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Choir Membership by audition. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra. Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. N a t u r a l Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-72 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Physical Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-72 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111,112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses - In order to make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - c6mparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather (the alternative course not taken in the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology in addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. - Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers a second-step, upper division major in nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission t o the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n psychology and sociology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses must be taken prior t o admission into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits. I n addition, each applicant to the nursing major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the past five years, must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the major. A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take this course at Augsburg by the end of the first year. MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 (Interpersonal Communications) i s highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall GPA in the nursing courses i s required. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I This course is designed t o explore the contemporary role of the nurse as a client educator. Content on learning theories, assessment, planning, communicating via negotiated objectives, matching methodology and evaluation techniques within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II Through lecture-discussions, the class will explore factors affecting one's influence with individuals. Students will explore their own leadership style as it relates t o the professional nurse's role and the theory of planned change. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.) 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Through a lecture-discussion format, the class develops a holistic health framework within a family and community context. Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social trends are considered, as they relate t o the individual's perception and state of health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Clinical application of health concepts. Students participate i n negotiated health intervention and facilitation within a selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT The professional nurse's role as advocate and facilitator i s strengthened via the use of a systematic process of assessment and planning, intervention, and evaluation. This negotiated process isexplored within a developmental frame of reference with application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH The research process and methodologies appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics and nursing research i n nursing studies are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design individual research projects. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill This course will explore the process of negotiating with individuals and groups to identify learning needs and goals. We will experience a variety of teaching methods as we integrate therapeutic communication techniques w i t h t h e teaching process. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 423.) 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V This is a nursing synthesis seminar course dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective communication techniques, in facilitating complex group or family interaction. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370, 317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP I The preceptorship practicum is a flexible approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen area of study i n a selected practice setting. This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning expe. riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty, agencies, and clients i n initiating complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 403.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP II This course builds upon the knowledge and skills obtained i n Contemporary Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendationswill be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What i s the relation between faith and reason?Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. - 370 EXISTENTIALISM 440 THEORY O F BEING Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy) Being i s the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI.. SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major meets t h e coaching requirement. Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHYMS 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT (See Health Education) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (1/2 course. Interim) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION 373 MODERN DANCE This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (I/. course. Spring) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (See Health Education) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for teaching license. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course 1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM 114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course Survey of basic statistical procedures and Historical background, legal bases,school health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall; Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed t o serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) transistors and integrated circuits, with applications to both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11 A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727, Fall; 722, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from